HP OmniBook 900 Service Manual
® HP OmniBook 900 Service Manual
ii HP Om niBook 900 Notice In a continuing effort to im prove the quality of our products, technical and environm ental information in this document is subject to change without notice. This manual and any exam ples contained herein are provided âas isâ and are subject to change without notice. Hewlett-Packard Com pany m akes no warranty of any kind with regard to this m anual, including, but not limited to, the im plied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-Packard Co. shall not be liable for any errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, perform ance, or use of this manual or the exam ples herein. Consumer transactions in Australia and the United K ingdom: The abov e disclaimers and lim itations shall not apply to Consum er transactions in Australia and the United K ingdom and shall not affect the statutory rights of Consum ers. © Copyright Hew lett-Packard Company 1999. All rights reserv ed. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation of this manual is prohibited without prior written perm ission of Hewlett-Packard Company, except as allowed under the copy right laws. The programs that control this product are copy righted and all rights are reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation of those programs without prior written perm ission of Hewlett-Packard Co. is also prohibited. Portions of the programs that control this product may also be copy righted by Microsoft Corporation, System Soft Corp., Cry stal Sem iconductor Corporation, Phoenix Technologies, Ltd., ATI Technologies Inc., and NeoMagic, Inc. See the individual program s for additional copy right notices. Microsoft, MS, MS-DOS, Windows and Window s NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Pentium and the Intel I nside logo are U.S. registered trademarks and MMX is a U.S. trademark of I ntel Corporation. TrackPoint is a U.S. registered trademark of International Business Machines. All certifications may not be com pleted at product introduction. Check with your HP reseller for certification status. This equipment is subject to F CC rules. It will comply with the appropriate F CC rules before final delivery to the buy er. Hewlett-Packard Company Mobile Computing Div ision 19310 Pruneridge Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014, U.S.A. Edition Hi story Edition 1 ........................ January 1999 Edition 2 .................... December 1999
HP Om niBook 900 iii Contents 1. Product Inform ation .................................................................................................. 1-1 Features and Operation ......................................................................................................... ........ 1-3 Turning the OmniBook On and Off....................................................................................... 1-4 Checking the Status of the OmniBook................................................................................... 1-5 Using Fn Hot K ey s................................................................................................................. 1-6 Resetting the OmniBook ........................................................................................................ 1 -6 System Resources .................................................................................................................. 1-7 Specifications................................................................................................................................ 1-9 Internal Design................................................................................................................ ............ 1-13 2. Removal and Replacem ent ........................................................................................ 2-1 Remov ing the Battery (User-Replaceable) ................................................................................... 2-3 Remov ing a RAM Board (User-Replaceable) .............................................................................. 2-5 Remov ing the Hard Disk Drive (User-Replaceable) .................................................................... 2-6 Replacing Small Parts (User-Replaceable) ................................................................................... 2-9 Remov ing the LCD Module (HP Authorized Service Providers Only )...................................... 2-10 Remov ing the Key board (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ........................................... 2-12 Remov ing the CPU Module (HP Authorized Service Providers Only)...................................... 2-14 Remov ing the Display Assembly (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) .............................. 2-16 Remov ing the Top Case (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............................................ 2-18 Remov ing the Motherboard or Bottom Case (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............ 2-20 Remov ing the BIOS I C (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............................................. 2-24 Remov ing Other Components (HP Authorized Service Providers Only )................................... 2-26 3. Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.............................................................................. 3-1 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 3-2 Troubleshooting the Problem................................................................................................. 3-2 Verifying the Repair .............................................................................................................. 3-3 Suggestions for Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 3-4 Diagnostic Tools ......................................................................................................................... 3-12 OmniBook Diagnostic Program........................................................................................... 3-12 Power-On Self- Test ............................................................................................................. 3-18 Sycard PCCtest 450 CardBus Card (Optional) .................................................................... 3-21 Desktop Management I nterface (DMI) ................................................................................ 3-22 BIOS Setup Utility ............................................................................................................... 3-24 4. Replaceable Parts ....................................................................................................... 4-1 5. Reference Inf ormation ............................................................................................... 5-1 Password Remova l Policy ........................................................................................................ .... 5-1 Hewlett-Packard Display Quality Statement ................................................................................ 5-2 Obsolete Parts ............................................................................................................................... 5-5
iv HP Om niBook 900 Figures Fi gure 1-1. Om niBook - F ront View ....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-2. Om niBook - Side View .....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-3. Om niBook - Rear View .....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-4. Replaceable Module Diagram .........................................................................................1-13 Fi gure 2-1. Rem oving the Battery ........................................................................................................2-3 Fi gure 2-2. I nstalling a Battery Panel ......................................................................................... ..........2-4 Fi gure 2-3. Rem oving a RAM Board ...................................................................................................2-6 Fi gure 2-4. Rem oving the Hard Disk Driv e ....................................................................................... ..2-7 Fi gure 2-5. I nstalling a Hard Drive in the Cov er ..................................................................................2-7 Fi gure 2-6. Rem oving the L CD Module ............................................................................................2-11 Fi gure 2-7. Rem oving the K ey board .................................................................................................. 2-13 Fi gure 2-8. Rem oving the CPU Module............................................................................................ .2 - 15 Fi gure 2-9. Rem oving the Display Assem bly .....................................................................................2 -17 Fi gure 2-10. Rem oving the Top Case................................................................................................. 2-19 Fi gure 2-11. Rem oving the Motherboard .......................................................................................... .2 -2 1 Fi gure 2-12. I nstalling P CMCIA Doors .............................................................................................2-23 Fi gure 2-13. Exam ple of Serial Number Label .................................................................................. 2- 24 Fi gure 2-14. Rem oving the BIOS I C .................................................................................................. 2-25 Fi gure 3-1. Basic Troubleshooting Steps ........................................................................................ ..... 3-2 Fi gure 3 -2. Om niBook Diagnostic Screens â Basic and Advanced ................................................. 3-12 Fi gure 3-3. Serial and Parallel L oopback Connectors ........................................................................3-14 Fi gure 4-1. Exploded View ...................................................................................................... ............ 4-2 Fi gure 4-2. Display Components .......................................................................................................... 4-6 Tables Table 1-1. Om niBook 900 Models ....................................................................................................... 1-1 Table 1-2. Product Comparisons ................................................................................................. ......... 1-2 Table 1-3. Activ ating Power Modes.....................................................................................................1-4 Table 1-4. Main Status L ights (Motherboard) .................................................................................... .. 1-5 Table 1-5. K eyboard Status Li ghts (Motherboard)............................................................................... 1 -5 Table 1-6. F n Hot Key s ........................................................................................................................1-6 Table 1-7. Sy stem Interrupts ................................................................................................... ............. 1-7 Table 1-8. Sy stem Memory ..................................................................................................................1-7 Table 1-9. Sy stem Input/Output Addresses (100- 3FF)......................................................................... 1-8 Table 1-10. DMA Channels ................................................................................................................. 1-8 Table 1-11. Om niBook 900 Specifications ........................................................................................ .. 1-9 Table 1-12. Om niBook 900 Accessories ........................................................................................... .1 -1 1 Table 1-13. F unctional Structure ............................................................................................... ......... 1-14 Table 2-1. Rem oval Cross-Reference...................................................................................................2-1 Table 2-2. Required Equipm ent ...........................................................................................................2-2 Table 2-3. Recom mended Screw Torques........................................................................................... .2 -2 Table 2-4. RAM Board Replacem ent Part Numbers ............................................................................ 2-5 Table 2-5. Hard Disk Drive Replacem ent P art Numbers ..................................................................... 2-6 Table 2-6. Replacing Sm all Parts (User-Replaceable) .........................................................................2-9 Table 2-7. Display Component Com patibility....................................................................................2 -1 0 Table 2-8. Rem oving Display Com ponents ....................................................................................... 2- 27 Table 3-1. Scope of Diagnostic Tools ........................................................................................... ....... 3-4 Table 3-2. Troubleshooting Suggestions ..............................................................................................3-5 Table 3-3. Om niBook Diagnostic Error Codes .................................................................................. 3-1 4
HP Om niBook 900 v Table 3-4. POST Terminal- Error Beep Codes .................................................................................. 3-18 Table 3-5. POST Messages ............................................................................................................... 3-18 Table 3-6. BI OS Setup Menus and Parameters ................................................................................. 3-24 Table 4-1. Om niBook Replaceable Parts ............................................................................................ 4-3 Table 4-2. Assem bly-Com ponent Breakdown..................................................................................... 4-7 Table 4-3. Accessory Replaceable P arts......................................................................................... ..... 4-7 Table 4-4. Part Number Reference ............................................................................................... ....... 4-9 Table 5-1. Om niBook 900 LCD Guidelines (TFT) ............................................................................. 5-3 Table 5-2. Obsolete Repair Parts ......................................................................................................... 5-5
vi HP Om niBook 900 Introduction This service m anual provides reference inform ation for the HP OmniBook 900. It is intended to be used by HP-authorized serv ice personnel in the installation, servicing, and repair of these products. The manual is designed to be self- contained. It is intended that y ou can follow this manual without having equipm ent available. The following table lists additional places where y ou can get supplementary information about OmniBook products. Sources of OmniBook Information Source Address or Number Comments HP E xte rn al W e b ht tp :/ /www. hp .c o m/ om ni book (h tt p: // www.e ur ope.hp.com/omnibook, European mirror) No usage restriction. HP US Reseller W eb http://partner.americas.hp.com Restricted to Authorized Resellers only. HP Asia Pacific Channel Support Centre for DPSP Partners ht tp :/ /www. hp .c o m. au Re st ri ct ed t o D PSP Partners only. America Online Keyw ord: HP Call (800) 827-6364 for membership within the US. CompuServe GO HP Call (800) 524-3388 for membership within the US. HP Bulletin Board Service Refer to the latest Product Support Plan for non-US BBS numbers. HP Support Assist CD-RO M (800) 457-1762 US and Canada. (801) 431-1587 Outside US and Canada. Mic r o s of t W eb ht tp : // www.m i cr os o ft.com Information and updates for W indows operating systems.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-1 1 Product Information The HP OmniBook 900 provides desktop- quality performance and expandability in a highly portable form. I t uses high-perform ance component technologies that make it capable of serv ing as a desktop computer that y ou can conveniently take any where. Table 1-1. OmniBook 900 M odels OmniBook Product * CPU ** Display Hard Drive Floppy Drive CD-ROM Drive Standard RAM F1711 x Pentium II 300 MH z 12.1-inch SVGA TFT 4 GB (none) 1.44 MB (F1472A) None 32 MB F1712 x Pentium II 366 MH z 6 GB (F1707A) F1760 x Pentium II 400 MH z F1765 x 96 MB (F1457A) F1769 x B Pentium III 450 MH z 64 MB F1770 x B Pentium III 500 MH z 13.3-inch XGA T FT 12 GB (F1744B) This table lists only base product configurationsâcustom configurations are not included. * For the products listed: " x " suffix means "N", "NT", âNVâ, or âN Gâ for W indows NT 4.0 installed (marketing distinction only), or "W ", "W T", âW VââW Gâ, or âW Râ for W indows 95/98 installed (marketing distinction only) . ** Intel Mobile Pentium II or M obile Pentium III processor. B The OmniBook 900 Series has tw o classes of products with different internal designs, different software drivers, and different BIOSes. M odels marked with B have â900 Bâ after the serial number and are called 900B in this manualâother OmniBook 900 models listed in this table are called 900â in this manual, and they have no marking after the serial number.
1-2 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Table 1-2. Product Comparisons OmniBook 900 OmniBook 7150 OmniBook 4150 OmniBook 2100 Processor * Intel Pentium III (500 or 450 MH z), or Pentium II (300 to 400 MHz ). Pentium II (300 MH z). Pentium II (300 to 400 MHz ). Pentium II (233 to 300 MH z), or Pentium (233 or 200 MH z). Memory 64 or 32 MB R AM on motherboard. Expandable to 160 MB . 64 MB RAM in system slot. Expandable to 320 MB . 128 or 64 MB RAM in slot. Expandable to 256 MB . 32 MB RAM on motherboard. Expandable to 160, 192, or 288 MB. Display 13.3-inch TFT XG A display, or 12.1-inch TFT SVGA display. 14.1-inch TFT XG A display. 13.3- or 14.1-inch TFT XGA d is p la y. 13.3-inch TFT XG A display, or 12.1-inch TFT o r DSTN SVGA display. Video AGP video. 256-bit graphics controller with 4 or 2.5 MB internal v i deo RAM. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. AGP video. 64-bit graphics controller with 4 M B external v ideo RAM , 3D graphics acceleration. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. AGP or PCI local bus video. 256-bit graphics controller with 8, 4, or 2.5 MB internal v i deo RAM. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. PCI local bus video. 128-bit graphics controller with 2 M B internal video RAM . Up to 64K colors (XGA), 16M c olors (SVGA). Zoomed Video enabled. Operating Sy stem W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. Desktop Management Interface DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0 to 4.5. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0 to 4.5. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 2.6 or 3.0. Power Management APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. Power States On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. * Intel Mobile Pentium, M obile Pentium II, or Mobile Pentium III processor. This chapter describes ⢠F eatures and operation (below). ⢠Specifications (page 1-9). ⢠Internal design (page 1- 13).
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-3 Features and Operation The following three illustrations point out the main external features of the computer. They are followed by highlights of the com puterâs operation. For an internal, exploded view, see page 4- 2. Figure 1-1. OmniBook - Front View Figure 1-2. OmniBook - Side View Figure 1-3. OmniBook - Rear View Infrared port Audio jacks Microphone Keyboard status lights Power button Kensington lock slot Parallel port Pointing stick Serial port Touch pad Video out Docking port Click buttons (above and below the touch pad) PC Card slots PC Card eject buttons Latch PS/2 port USB port System-off button Speaker Battery External module bay connector AC adapter socket Main status lights Kensington lock slot Hard disk drive
1-4 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Turning the Omni Book On and Off ⢠On. Press the blue power button to turn on the OmniBook. ⢠Standby. The display turns off automatically if the com puter is inactive for about 2 minutes. ⢠Suspend. Click Start, Suspend (Windows 95) or Start, Shut Down, Standby (Windows 98 or 2000), or press the blue power button briefly (about 1 second) to suspend activity when the OmniBook is on. When y ou turn on the computer, it resumes y our previous work session. Closing the lid (for m o re than 2 seconds) also suspends the computer. ⢠Hibernate. P ress F n F12. This is like Off, except that y our current work session is first saved to disk. When you turn on the com puter, it reboots and restores your previous session. ⢠Off . Click Start, Shut Down. I f the OmniBook does not respond, press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. When y ou turn on the computer, it reboots. Unsaved data is lost. Table 1-3. Ac tivating Power M odes Power Mode To Enter Mode To Turn B ack On Standby Reduced-power/stopped state. D isplay is off. Everything is in a reduced-pow er state. Network devices are maintained. Y our current work session continues at turn-on (any key or pointer action). Press Fn S (not W indows 98 or 2000) âorâ allow time-out. Press any key or move a pointing device to display the current session ("Instant-On"). Suspend Low-pow er/stopped state. Lower power state than Standby. Every thing is off or in a low-pow er state. Network dev ices are off. Your prev ious work session resumes at turn-on. For plug-and-play operating systems, netw ork connections resume at turn-on. Press blue power button for about 1 second âorâ click Start, Shut Down, Standby (W indows 98 or 2000) âorâ click Start, Suspend (W indows 95) âorâ allow time-out. Press blue power button to display the current session ("Instant-On"). Hibernate No-power/stopped state. Session is sav ed on the hard disk. Everything is shut dow n. Computer reboots at turn-on and restores previous session and network connections (if plug-and-play ). Press Fn F12 âorâ allow time-out. Press blue power button to restart and restore the previous session. Off No-power/stopped state. Ev erything is shut dow n (battery continues charging if ac adapter is connected). Computer reboots at turn-on and restores network connections. Click Start, Shut Down âorâ Press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. Press blue power button to restart with a new session.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-5 Checking the Status of the OmniBook The main OmniBook status lights, located at the front- right edge of the display bezel at the top of the display, indicate power status and driv e activity. (These lights are on the motherboard.) Table 1-4. M ain Status Lights (Motherboard) Meaning Power mode Steady green light: OmniBook is running (On mode). Steady orange light: OmniBook is suspended (Suspend or Standby mode). No light: OmniBook is off (Off or Hibernate mode). Green and orange lights: OmniBook failed w hen resuming, requires reset. Drive access Green light: OmniBook is accessing the hard disk driv e or a drive in the ex ternal module bay. Charging Steady green light: AC adapter is connected, battery is full or stopped charging. Blinking green light: AC adapter is connected, battery is charging. No light: AC adapter is not connected or battery is not present. The keyboard status lights, located abov e the keyboard, indicate the states of the keyboard locks. (These lights are on the motherboard.) Table 1-5. Keyboard Status Lights (Motherboard) Meaning Caps Lock Caps Lock is active. Key pad Lock The embedded keypad is activ e (Fn F8 or Fn held down). Num Lock must also be on for the numeric keysâotherwise, cursor control is activ e. Num Lock Num Lock is active. Key pad Lock must also be on to use the embedded keypad. Scroll Lock Scroll Lock is active. In addition, the battery module has five lights that indicate its charge level. To view the lights, you have to rem ove the battery and press the pad on the back next to the connector. The number of lights that turn on indicates the charge.
1-6 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Using Fn Hot Key s The Fn key combined with another key is a hot keyâa shortcut key sequence for v arious sy stem controls. F or an external key board, CTRL AL T is normally equivalent t o the F n key. Table 1-6. Fn Hot Keys Hot Key Effect Fn F1 Decreases the displayâs brightness. Fn F2 Increases the displayâs brightness. Fn F5 Switches among the built-in display , an external display, and simultaneous displays. Fn F7 Toggles audio output on and off (mute). Fn F8 Toggles the embedded key pad on and off. Does not affect an external key board. If Num Lock is on, then the numeric functions are activeâotherw i se, cursor control is active. Fn F12 Enters Hibernate mode. Fn R Enters Suspend mode. Not supported under W indows 2000. Fn S Enters Standby mode (W indows 95, W indows NT ) or Suspend mode (W indows 98). Not supported under W indows 2000. Fn ScrLk Toggles Scroll Lock on and off. Fn UP ARROW Fn DOW N ARROW Increases and decreases the sound volume. Resetting the OmniBook 1. Use a pen or a straightened paper clip to push the system- off button on the left side of the OmniBook. (The switch is on the m otherboard.) âorâ Press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. (The switch is on the motherboard.) 2. After the computer shuts down, press the blue power button to turn it back on. Note The Om niBook can boot f rom a CD if all these conditions are true: ⢠You have an OmniBook CD-ROM or DVD dr ive installed in the external m odule bay, ⢠You have a bootable CD in the drive, such as the Om niBook Recovery CD, and ⢠You select the CD-ROM or DVD dr ive as the boot device. You can do this during r eboot by pressing ESC to c ancel the Om niBook s creen, then ESC to display the boot-device m enu for a one-tim e selection.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-7 Sy stem Resources The tables in this section show ty pical resource usage as set up by the Om niBook BIOS. Plug-and- play operating sy stems, drivers, and BI OS Setup settings may change som e of the entries. To see other, non-default possibilities, use the BIOS Setup utility (see page 3-24), which lists port and audio device configurations in the Sy stem Devices m enu. Table 1-7. System Interrupts 0 System timer 1 Keyboard 2 Cascade IRQ 9 3 Free (or COM 2 infrared port, if enabled) 4 COM 1 (serial port) 5 Audio 6 Floppy drive 7 LPT1 (ECP parallel port) 8 Real-time clock 9 Free (OmniBook 900B) Video (OmniBook 900â ) 10 USB and CardBus - assigned by W i ndows driver Video Controller (OmniBook 900B) 11 Free 12 Pointing device 13 Numeric data processor 14 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 15 Internal CD-ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number. Table 1-8. System M emory 00000 - 9FFFF System memory A0000 - BFFFF Video C0000 - CBFFF C0000 - CFFFF Video BIOS (OmniBook 900â ) Video BIOS (OmniBook 900B) CC000 - DBFFF* D0000 - DBFFF* Free** (OmniBook 900â ) Free** (OmniBook 900B) DC000*- FFFFF System BIOS * Approx imate boundary. ** Valid uses for memory addresses CC000-DBFFF or D0000-DBFFF: Upper memory blocks (UM Bs). PC card memory w indows. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
1-8 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Table 1-9. System Input/Output A ddresses (100-3FF) 120-127 Audio (OmniBook 900â only ) 170-177 Internal CD -ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) 1F0-1F7 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 220-22F Audio 376 Internal CD-ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) 378-37F LPT1 (printer port) 388-38B Audio 3B0-3BB Video adapter 3C0-3DF Video adapter 3E0-3E1 PCM CIA controller 3F0-3F5 Floppy controller 3F6 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 3F7 Floppy controller 3F8-3FF C OM 1 (serial port) â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number. Table 1-10. DM A Channels 0 Sound record (OmniBook 900â only) Free (OmniBook 900B only) 1 Sound playback 2 Floppy drive 3 LPT1 (ECP parallel port) 4 Cascade 5 Free 6 Free 7 Free â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-9 Specifications The following tables list descriptions for the OmniBook and its accessories. Table 1-11. OmniBook 900 Specif ications Phy sical Attributes Models with 12-inch display Notebook size: 11.8 x 8.8 x 1.26 in (30.0 x 22.5 x 3.2 cm). Notebook weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg). Models with 13-inch display Notebook size: 11.9 x 9.3 x 1.4 in (30.4 x 23.7 x 3.5 cm). Notebook weight: 4.3 lb (1.9 kg). Processor and Bus Ar chitecture 500-MH z or 450-M Hz Intel M obile Pentium III processor, or |400-MH z, 366-M Hz or 300-M Hz Intel Mobile Pentium II Performance Enhanced (PE) processor. 1.6-V core, 2.5-V external, low -power processor. 32-KB (16-KB instruction, 16-KB data) L1 cache. 256-KB four-way set-associative L2 cache. 32-bit PCI bus. Graphics 13.3-inch diagonal XGA (1024 x 768) TFT display or 12.1-inch diagonal SVG A (800 x 600) T FT display. Zoomed Video support for lower PC Card slot. OmniBook 900â : 256-bit NeoM agic MagicG raph graphics accelerator with 2.5-M B video RAM , 1x AG P graphics capability. OmniBook 900B: ATI M obility-M graphics accelerator w ith 4-MB v ideo RAM , 2x AG P graphics capability. Power Rechargeable 6-cell lithium ion battery w i th LED charge-level gauge (11.1 Vdc). Battery life: up to 3-4 hours typical (v aries with type of usage and model). Fast battery recharge: 80% in 1 hour, 100% in 1.5-2 hours. Low-battery warning. Suspend/resume capability. 60-watt ac adapter: 100 to 240 Vac (50 to 60 Hz ) input, 19 Vdc, 3.16 A output. Mass Storage 12-GB, 6-GB or 4-G B removable hard drive. 1.44-MB floppy drive module for use in ex ternal module bay. Optional CD-RO M driv e module. LS-120 SuperDisk drive module. DVD drive module. RAM OmniBook 900â : 32-MB RAM built in. One slot for RAM expansion up to 160 M B. 66-MH z RAM bus. OmniBook 900B: 64-MB RAM built in. One slot for RAM expansion up to 192 M B. 100-MH z RAM bus. Audio Sy stem 16-bit Sound Blaster Pro-compatible stereo sound. Built-in speaker. 3D-enhanced PCI bus audio w ith Zoomed Video support. Built-in microphone. Line-in, headphone-out, and microphone-in. Key board and Pointing Device 87/88-key touch-type Q W ERTY key board with 101/102 key emulation. Embedded numeric keypad. 12 function (Fn) keys. Tw o pointing devices: pointing stick (T rackPoint technology licensed from IBM ) and touch pad.
1-10 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Input/Output FDD/IDE interface for ex ternal module bay. Universal serial bus (USB). 9-pin, 115,200-bps serial (16550 UART). 25-pin bi-directional ECP/EPP parallel. Video -out (Resolution: up to 1280Ã1024Ã256 colors, or up to 1600Ã1200Ã64K colors for Omnibook 900B. Refresh rate: 60 to 85 Hz.) PS/2 keyboard/mouse. 4-Mbps IrD A-compliant infrared port. Expandability One Ty pe III or two T ype II 16-/32-bit PC Card slots (3.3- and 5-V support). CardBus enabled. External plug-in module bay for accessory modules. Optional port replicator, mini dock, and docking system. Software Microsoft W i ndows 95/W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0. W indows 95/W indows 98-compatible Plug-and-Play. W indows NT 4.0 and PC Card Plug-and-Play . Advanced Pow er Management (APM ). DMI w ith HP TopTools. Adobe Acrobat Reader. Agaté Tioman for HP (Hot Sw ap). DiagTools. VirusScan. Online Reference Guide . OmniBook Recovery CD included. Centralized w orldwide BIOS and driver update service Security Features User and administrator passwords. System, hard drive, and docking passw ords. PC identification displayed at boot. DM I-accessible electronic serial number. Kensington MicroSav er lock slot. Environmental Limits Operating temperature: 5 to 35 °C (41 to 95 °F). Operating humidity: 20 to 90 percent RH (5 to 35 °C). Storage temperature: â20 to 50 °C (â4 to 122 °F). Major ICs OmniBook 900â : CPU: Intel Mobile Pentium II Performance Enhanced (PE) processor. South Bridge: PIIX4E. Video: NeoM agic MagicG raph NM 2200 (NM G5). Audio: NeoM agic MagicG raph NM 2200 (NM G5) and NeoM agic Audio NMA2. CardBus: TI PCI 1225. Keyboard controller: National PC87570. Super I/O: SM C 769. OmniBook 900B: CPU: Intel Mobile Pentium III processor. South Bridge: PIIX4M . Video: ATI M obility-M. Audio: ESS ES1978 Maestro-2E and ESS ES1921. CardBus: TI PCI 1225. Keyboard controller: National PC87570. Super I/O: SM C 869. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-11 Table 1-12. O mniBook 900 A ccessories Accessory Description OmniBook Compatibility 900B 900â 4150 2100/7100 Memory F1456A 32-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1457A 64-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1622A 128-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1456B 32-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1457B 64-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1622B 128-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Hard Drives F1707A 6-GB internal hard disk driv e ⢠F1744B 12-GB internal hard disk driv e ⢠Modules F1465A DVD drive module (w ith DVD player card) â¢â¢ ⢠F1470A LS-120 SuperDisk driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1472A Floppy driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1473A Floppy driv e cable for ex ternal use â¢â¢ ⢠F1474A 24X CD-RO M driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1653A/B DVD drive module â¢â¢ ⢠F1704A Ex ternal module bay â¢â¢ F1746A/B 10/12-GB second hard drive module â¢â¢ Power Options F1454A 60-w att ac adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1455A 75-w att auto/airline power adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1705A Lithium-ion battery â¢â¢ F1706A Battery charger (ex ternal) â¢â¢ 8120-6312 8120-6313 8120-6314 8120-6316 8120-6317 8120-8367 8120-8373 8120-8452 8120-8699 Replacement power cord (Australia) Replacement power cord (U .S., Canada, Taiw an) Replacement power cord (Europe) Replacement power cord (Japan) Replacement power cord (India, South Africa) Replacement power cord (Argentina) Replacement power cord (Peopleâs R epublic of China) Replacement power cord (C hile) Replacement power cord (H ong Kong, Singapore, U.K.) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Ada pt er s F1469A PS/2 Y adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠PC Cards F1623A 10/100-M bps Ethernet 56-Kbps modem PC Card by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1625A 56-Kbps global modem PC Card by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1626A 10/100-M bps Ethernet PC Card by 3C om â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1627A 56-Kbps US modem PC C ard by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1643A Realport 10/100-M bps Ethernet 56-Kbps modem PC Card by X i rcom â¢â¢ ⢠â¢
1-12 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Accessory Description OmniBook Compatibility 900B 900â 4150 2100/7100 F1761B M PEG DVD decoder PC Card â¢â¢ ⢠TCM 3C589 10-Mbps Ethernet PC Card by 3Com â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Docks F1451A Port replicator (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1452A M ini dock (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1453A M onitor stand (short) for F1451A and F1452A â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1468A Docking module bay adapter â¢â¢ ⢠F1477A Docking sy stem and monitor stand (tall) (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠â M odels called 900â in this manual have no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1- 13 Internal Design The motherboard PCA is the central component of the Om niBook design. It play s a role in virtually all system functions. The CP U module and m ost other subsystems connect to the m otherboard. The following figure shows the connections among the replaceable electrical modules. As a substitute for a functional block diagram, see the table on page 1- 14 âit lists the roles that the replaceable modules play in each of the functional subsystems. PCMCIA Cards CPU Module Hard Disk Drive Battery Keyboard (pointing stick) RAM Board LCD Module To p C a s e (microphone) Motherboard PCA BIOS IC External Module Bay Fan Speaker T ouch Pad PCMCIA Socket Figure 1-4. Replaceable Module Diagram The pow er switch and lid switch are contained on the motherboard. All external connections are made to the motherboard.
1-14 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Table 1-13. Functional Structure Bootup CPU module Motherboard BIOS IC Floppy disk module Hard disk drive Main processor. Primary sy stem circuitry. Code for basic system functions. First source of disk-based startup code. Second source of disk-based startup code. Processor CPU module Motherboard Main processor, numeric data processor, L1 and L2 cache. Primary sy stem circuitry. Memory Motherboard RAM board First 32 MB of R AM, v ideo RAM. Changeable RAM . Power Battery Motherboard AC adapter Power storage. AC adapter socket, power sw itch, lid switch, system-off sw itch, power supply, pow er control circuitry. AC-to-DC converter. Display Motherboard LCD module Display/graphics controller, PCM CIA/zoomed video controller, video RAM , power conv erter for backlight. Display output, backlight. Hard disk Motherboard Hard disk drive Hard disk controller. Hard disk mechanism. Floppy drive Motherboard Floppy disk module Floppy disk controller. Floppy disk mechanism. Key board Motherboard BIOS IC Keyboard Keyboard controller. Keyboard BIOS. Key sw itches. Pointer Motherboard BIOS IC Keyboard Top case Keyboard controller, pointing stick controller (PS/2 output). Keyboard BIOS. Pointing stick sensor. Touch pad sensor, controller (PS/2 output). Audio Motherboard Speaker Audio controller, audio decoder, speaker amplifier, headphone amplifier, zoomed video controller, ex ternal audio jacks, microphone. Speaker (mixed left and right channels). Status Motherboard Keyboard controller, main LEDs, keyboard LED s. Serial Motherboard I/O controller, serial connector. Parallel Motherboard I/O controller, parallel connector. Infrared Motherboard I/O controller, infrared transmitter/receiver. PS/2 port Motherboard Keyboard controller, PS/2 processor, PS/2 connector. USB Motherboard Bus controller (South Bridge), USB connector. Docking port Motherboard Docking logic, docking connector. PCMCIA Motherboard PCM CIA socket PCMCIA controller. PCM CIA connectors.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-1 2 Removal and Replacement This chapter tells you how to remov e and replace the following com ponents and assemblies. The ones marked by ⢠are user-replaceable. Table 2-1. Remov al Cross-Reference ⢠Battery (page 2-3) Bezel, display (page 2-27) ⢠Bum per, display (page 2-9) Cable, display flex (page 2-27) Cable, display power (page 2-27) ⢠Cap, pointing stick (page 2- 9) Case, bottom (page 2-20) Case, display (page 2-27) ⢠Ca se, HDD kit ( page 2- 6) Case, top (page 2- 18) ⢠Cov er, display screw (page 2- 9) ⢠Cov er, hinge (page 2-9) ⢠Cov er, keyboard screw (page 2-9) CPU module (page 2- 14) ⢠Door , HDD (page 2- 9) Door, m odule bay connector (table starting on page 2-28) ⢠Driv e, hard disk (page 2-6) F an (table starting on page 2-28) ⢠F oot (page 2-9) Heatsink (table starting on page 2- 28) Hinge, display (page 2-27) I C , BIOS (page 2- 24) I nsulator, bottom case (table starting on page 2-28) K eyboard (page 2-12) L atch, display (page 2-27) L CD module (page 2-10) L ens, infrared (table starting on page 2-28) Ov erlay, serial num ber (page 2-23) Pads, thermal (table starting on page 2- 28) PCA, motherboard (page 2- 20) Socket, PCMCIA (table starting on page 2-28) Speaker (table starting on page 2- 28) Support, hinge left (table starting on page 2- 28) Support, hinge right (table starting on page 2-28) Support, touch- pad (page 2-28) Touch pad (page 2- 28) Caution Alway s provide proper grounding when perf orm ing repairs. W ithout proper grounding, an electros tatic dischar ge may damage the Om niBook and its com ponents.
2-2 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Notes Reassem bly steps are the reverse of the rem oval steps. Reas sem bly notes are included at the end of each s ection below. Sy mbols like this throughout this chapter show approxim ate full-s ize screw outlines. You can use them to verify the sizes of scr ews before you install them. Ins talling a wrong-size screw can dam age the unit. (The s y mbol at the left repres ents an M2.5Ã5m m T-head s crew.) Table 2-2. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriv er (#1), preferably magnetized. ⢠Fine Phillips screwdriv er (#0). ⢠4-mm thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch). ⢠Small plastic blade for prying, such as an angled plastic tw eezers. ⢠Pointed knife or probe. ⢠Small flat-blade screwdriv er. ⢠4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade screwdriv er. ⢠IC (PLCC) remov al tool (similar to OK Industries EX -5). Table 2-3. Recommended Screw T orques Screw Thread Size Torque (kgfâ¢cm) Torque (lbfâ¢in) M1.4 0.9 â 1.2 0.8 â 1.0 M2 1.5 â 2.0 1.3 â 1.7 M2.5 (4â5 mm long) except those in nex t line 3.0 â 3.5 2.6 â 3.0 M2.5 (4â5 mm long) for HDD case, PCMCIA sock e t 2.0 â 2.5 1.7 â 2.2 M2.5 (8 mm long) 3.5 â 4.0 3.0 â 3.4 M3 except those in nex t line 4.0 â 4.5 3.4 â 3.9 M3 for HDD case 2.0 â 2.5 1.7 â 2.2
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-3 Remov ing the Battery (User-Replaceable) Required Equipment ⢠None. Removal Procedure 1. U nplug the ac adapter, if present. 2. Slide the batteryâs front panel to the right. 3. P ull the battery out of the bay . Figure 2-1. Removing the Battery
2-4 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Reassembly Notes ⢠If y ou are installing a new battery, first snap the correct panel onto the front of the battery . For a 12-inch display , use the flat battery panelâfor a 13-inch display , use the curved battery panel. To remove a panel, slide it open, then tw ist the upper edge of the panel off the battery. Figure 2-2. Installing a Battery Panel ⢠Make sure the front panel of the battery is open before inserting the battery.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-5 Remov ing a RA M Board (User-Replaceable) Table 2-4. RAM Board Replacement Part Numbers Description Part Number Exchange OmniBook Part Number 900B 900â RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7950 â¢â¢ RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7951 F1660-69103 â¢â¢ RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7952 F1660-69104 â¢â¢ Caution Handle the RAM board only by its edges and pr ovide proper grounding. Other wise, y ou m ay damage the boar d due to electrostatic discharge. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch), then free the snap at the center of the back edge. 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Release the two latches at the sides of the RAM board, so the free edge of the board pops up. 7. P ull the board out of the connector.
2-6 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Figure 2-3. Removing a RA M Board Reassembly Notes ⢠Insert the RAM board into the connector at about a 30° angle until it is fully inserted. Then press down at both sides until both latches snap closed. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. Remov ing the Hard Disk Drive (User-Replaceable) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad hard dis k drive to HP, des cribe the symptom s on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Table 2-5. Hard Disk Drive Replacement Part Numbers Description Part Number Exchange OmniBook Part Number 900B 900â Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3409 F1711-69100 ⢠Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 8.45mm, Toshiba) 0950-3410 F1386-69102 ⢠Drive, hard disk (6.0G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3710 F1711-69106 ⢠Drive, hard disk (6.4G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3442 F1711-69101 ⢠Drive, hard disk (12G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3711 F1660-69105 ⢠* These hard drives are the preferred driv es at the time of publication. Drives shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the latest version of service note HDD-01. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Keyboard-screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm (2) RAM board
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-7 Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Turn the unit bottom side up and remove the hard drive screw from the bottom case. 3. Open the hard drive door, then pull out the hard drive by its plastic tab. Figure 2-4. Removing the Hard Disk Drive 4. If you are installing a new hard driv e that does not have a cover, you can rem ove the cover parts from the old hard driv e: ⢠Remove the two screws from the case, then lift the plastic tab and remove the plastic cover and metal shield from the hard disk drive. ⢠Carefully pry the connector off the end of the hard disk driv e. Work alternately at each end so that the connector slides off evenly . Figure 2-5. Installing a Hard Drive in the Cov er Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 3Ã4mm HDD cover k it Hard disk drive Small tabs on connector face down in this v iew.
2-8 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Reassembly Notes Caution Do not cover the vent hole in the top sur face of the hard drive. If you cover the hole, the hard drive could fail pr ematur ely . ⢠The small plastic tabs on the connector face the top of the driv e, and the metal shield fits behind the tabs. Important ⢠If you are installing a new hard drive, create a Hibernate par tition on the drive before loading any softwareâs ee the steps below. Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if the hard disk drive has been dam aged by excessive press ure, check whether you must replace additional parts: ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, and if the hard disk slot has a m etal brack et acr oss the top of the s lot, replace jus t the hard disk . ⢠If the bottom case has such a pad in the hard dis k slot, but ther e is no m etal brack et across the top of the slot, you should also replace the top cas e and install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k s lot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should also replace the top c ase, bottom case, and ins tall a HDD bracket above the hard disk slot. (Servic e note 900-14.) Creating a Hibernate Partition 1. Connect an external module bay and CD- ROM drive to the Om niBook. I f y ou do not have an Om niBook CD-ROM m odule or external module bay , you must attach another type of CD- ROM drive. 2. P lug in the ac adapter. 3. Insert the Recovery CD in the CD -ROM drive. 4. Shut down and restart the computerâwhen y ou see the HP logo, press ESC two times. 5. Select the CD-ROM drive as the boot device. 6. When the Recovery CD dialog box appears, follow the display ed instructions. A ccept the recomm ended partition size. If y ou install the factory software, the recovery process can take up to 10 minutes. I f y ou want to create the Hibernate partition without installing the factory software, click Advanced and select the option to not install the operating sy stem. I f you intend to install Windows NT, y ou should choose the FAT16 option or the Hibernate- only option. Note: If, instead, y ou see an MS-DOS menu of options, select âRecov er...â to create the Hibernate partition and install the factory software, which can take up to 60 m inutes. O r select âCreate Hibernate Pa rtitionâ to not install the software. Accept the recomm ended partition size. 7. When prompted to reboot the com puter, press CTRL ALT DEL and follow any display ed instructions.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-9 Replacing Small Parts (User-Replaceable) The following small parts are user- replaceable. Table 2-6. Replacing Small Part s (User-Replaceable) Part Replacement Procedure Battery panel Remove the battery, then tw ist the upper edge of the panel off the battery. Bumper, display (upper) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the bumper and pry it loose. To replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the bumper into the recess. Cap, pointing stick Pull the cap off the pointing stick. Cover, display screw (lower) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the cover and pry it loose. T o replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the cov er into the recess. Cover, hinge Put your finger above the F8 key and slide the keyboard-screw cov er to the left about 3 mm (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. Open the display fully. Push in at the bottom- front of the cover to unsnap it from the top case. Cover, key board screw Put your finger above the F8 key and slide the keyboard-screw cov er to the left about 3 mm (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. Door, hard disk Open the door about 45° and flex the door until one side tab releases. Foot Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the foot and pry it loose. To replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the foot into the recess.
2-10 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the LCD Module (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad LCD m odule to HP, descr ibe the symptoms on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Table 2-7. Display Component Compatibility LCD Ty p e* 12" IBM 12" Mi tsubi shi 13" LG 13" Unipac OmniBook Model 900â /900B 900â /900B 900B 900B Beze l, display F1711-60915 F1770-60906 Cable, L CD fl ex F1711-60918 F1769-60913 F1770-60923 F1770-60910 Cable, power F1711-60919 F1770-60912 Case, display F1711-60978 F1711-60971 F1770-60907 Latch, display F1711-60979 F1770-60901 Hinge, cover F1770-60902 Hinge, display (pair) F1711-60938 F1770-60908 LCD Module F1711-69039 F1711-69072 F1770-69021 F1770-69020 Support, left hinge F1711-60910 F1770-60914 Support, right hinge F1711-60911 F1770-60915 * To identif y t he type of LCD m odule, see t he mark i ng pri nt ed on the LCD flex cable where it plugs into the baseâit m ay be on the top or bot tom of the cable. â Models called 900â in thi s manual have no m arking i n t he serial num ber, whereas m odel s called 900B have 900 B after t he serial num ber. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Small flat- b lade screwdriver. ⢠Pointed knife or probe. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. O n the display bezel, rem ove the two upper bumpers and two lower screw cov ers (using a pointed knife or probe), then remov e the four screws. 3. A long the top of the display , pull the bezel upward, toward the edge of the case, until the snaps release. 4. Starting at the top corners, repeat along the left and right sides, pulling outward to release the left and right edges. 5. Lift the top of the bezel away from the case about 7 cm (3 inches). The snaps along the bottom of the bezel should release. 6. On the edge of the LCD module, unplug the L CD power wires from the power cable.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-11 7. For a 12-inch display , remove the L CD module. a. Remove the four screws holding the L CD module. b. Lift up the right edge of the L CD module about 90° . c. Using a small flat-blade screwdriver, insert the tip under the narrow end of the flex cable connectorânot the wide endâand twist the screwdriver to release the connector from the LCD m odule. 8. For a 13-inch display , remove the L CD module. a. Close, but donât latch the display; then lift off the display case. b. Loosen and then pull the flex cable out of the connector. c. Remove four screws, two each, on the right and left edges of the L CD module. Figure 2-6. Removing the LCD M odule Bumper (oval) Screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 3Ã4mm LCD flex cable LCD module Display case Power cable Bezel Note : 12-inch display shown. For a 13-inch display, the flex cable and mountings differ.
2-12 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Reassembly Notes ⢠For the 12-inch display , make sure the L CD module and flex cable have sm all foam pads present to ensure good connections: î Two pads on the back of the L CD module on the internal connections near the top- left and bottom- left corners. If a pad is m issing, replace the LCD module. î One pad on the LCD flex cable behind the connector that plugs into the L C D module. I f the pad is missing, replace the flex cable. ⢠For the 13-inch display , make sure the pow er wire is return to its original position. Where the wire passes around the hinge cover opening, it tucks behind the L CD module. Remov ing the Keyboard (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Probe or tweezers. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch). If necessary , free the snap at the center of the back edge near the F8 key . 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Release the pointing stick flex cable from the motherboard. 7. Release the keyboard flex cable from the m otherboard, then remove the key board.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-13 Figure 2-7. Removing the Keyboard Reassembly Notes ⢠To connect the flex cables, lay the keyboard upside- down on the front section of the top case. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. Keyboard Keyboard-screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Keyboard flex cable Pointing stick flex cable
2-14 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the CPU Module (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Small plastic blade for pry ing, such as an angled plastic tweezers (OmniBook 900â only). ⢠Small flat- blade screwdriver: 4.0-4.5 m m blade (Om n iBook 900B only ). Removal Procedure Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Remove the key board (page 2-12)âbut y ou donât have to release the flex cables. 3. Remove the eight screws (Om niBook 900â ) or six screws and springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Caution Do not spin the fan blade with your finger. Pressur e on the fan blade can dam age the bearings . Caution: O m ni Book 900â Follow these precautions to pr event damage to the CPU c onnector: ⢠Use only a non-metallic tool f or releasing the CPU m odule. A m etal tool m ay damage the mother board. ⢠Do not raise the f ront end or the CPU m odule higher than the back end during rem oval. To reins tall the CPU assem bly, see the precautions under âR eassem bly Notes.â 4. For an OmniBook 900â , to release the CP U module, at the side of the CPU module near the back-right corner, pry up the corner of the CP U module about 1- 2 mm. Then pry up the back-left corner. Lift off the CPU m odule. Pry up at these tw o places.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-15 Caution: O m ni Book 900B Follow these precautions to pr event damage to the CPU c onnector: ⢠Use only a 4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade s crewdriver to releas e the CPU. ⢠Use only enough force to lock the CPU m odule. The CPU connec tor m ay be damaged if too muc h forc e is used. To reins tall the CPU assem bly, see the precautions under âR eassem bly Notes.â 5. For the OmniBook 900B , insert the flat-blade screwdriver into the release slot of the CPU socket, and then turn the screwdriver counter-clockwise (approxim ately 10 degrees) until the CPU module is free. Figure 2-8. Removing the CPU Module Reassembly Notes Caution: O m ni Book 900â Follow these precautions while installing the CPU m odule to prevent dam age to the CPU connector: ⢠Place the CPU m odule on the connector c arefully. Use the screw holes as a guide. ⢠Place your fingers on top of the CPU m odule above the lef t and right ends of the c onnector. Do not push at other locations . ⢠Press f irm ly at the left end while holding down the rightâuntil the left engages. T hen press down the right down while holding the left. ⢠Press f irm ly until the CPU module s eats in the connector ây ou should feel a s light click . Install or replac e therm al pads on the heatsink that are m issing or dam aged. Do not install scr ews in the middle ar ea of the heatsink . The only screws in the CPU area are at the four c orners of the CPU module. Heatsink (OmniBook 900â ) CPU module CPU connector Note: Do not put screws in these two holes. Screw, M 2Ã5mm (8) Heatsink (OmniBook 900B ) Screw, M 2Ã5mm (6) Spring (insert under heatpipe) Note: OmniBook 900â CPU module and motherboard shown. Details differ for OmniBook 900B.
2-16 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Caution: O m ni Book 900B Follow these precautions while installing the CPU m odule to prevent dam age to the CPU connector: ⢠Place the CPU m odule on the connector c arefully. Align the arrow on the upper right corner of the CPU module with the m atching arrow on the connec tor. ⢠Use only a 4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade s crewdriver to lock the CPU m odule. ⢠Use only enough force to lock the CPU m odule. The CPU connec tor m ay be damaged if too muc h forc e is used. Install or replac e therm al pads on the heatsink that are m issing or dam aged. Remov ing the Display A ssembly (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Remove the key board (page 2-12). 3. Open the display fully and rem ove the covers from the display hinges. P ush in at the bottom-front of the covers. 4. Unplug the display power wires from the motherboard near the right hinge. F ree the wires from the notch in the top case. 5. Remove the two screws from the end of the LCD flex cable and unplug the cable from the motherboard. 6. Close the display and turn over the com puter. 7. Remove the two screws from the back corners of the bottom case. 8. Open the display about 90°, then lift if off.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-17 Figure 2-9. Removing the Display A ssembly Reassembly Notes ⢠F or a 12-inch display , the flex cable wraps around the post only about 1/2 turn. ⢠F or a 12- or 13-inch display , insert the display power wires into the notch in the top case before installing the hinge cover. Hinge covers (2) Display pow er cable Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Display flex cable Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm
2-18 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the Top Case (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove these additional assem blies: ⢠Hard disk drive (page 2- 6) ⢠Key board (page 2-12). ⢠Display assem bly (page 2-16). 3. Remove the eight screws (Om niBook 900â ) or six screws and two springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Caution Do not spin the fan blade with your finger. Pressur e on the fan blade can dam age the bearings . 4. Unplug the microphone cable from the m otherboard near the back. 5. Unplug the touch pad flex cable from the motherboard near the front. 6. On the bottom of the unit, remove the fiv e screws (12- inch display) or six screw s (13-inch display) from the front half of the case. 7. On the top of the unit, remove the three screws along the back of the top case. 8. Remove the six screws (12-inch display ) or five screws (13-inch display ) holding the top case to the motherboard and bottom case. 9. Near the docking connector, press down on the inner edge of the top case and lift the back edge until two snaps release in that area. 10. Near the right hinge area, push the top case toward the rear and lift the back edge until the top case releases from the right hinge support. 11. Hold the front of the bottom case with y our thumbs. Lift the back of the top case about 5 m m (2 inches), then pull it forward with your fingers. Pull and work the top case until the middle snap releases. The left hinge support comes off with the top case. The right hinge support stay s in the bottom case.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-19 Figure 2-10. Removing the Top Case Reassembly Notes Note: Installing a New Top Case ⢠Trans fer the f ollowing items f rom the old top case to the new one: Touc h pad and support. Left hinge suppor t. ⢠Press down on the touch pad s upport plate while sliding it into place. Mak e sure the suppor t is held down at its left and right edges. Chec k the ac tion of the clic k buttons bef ore installing the top ca se. ⢠Engage the tab at the front of the top case, then lower the top case onto the bottom case. ⢠It m ay be easier to plug in the touch pad flex cable while y ou are lowering the top case onto the bottom caseârather than waiting until after the top case is fully installed. Top case Microphone cable Touch pad cable Heatsink Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm 13-inch display only Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 2Ã5mm 8-OmniBook 900 â , 6-OmniBook 900B Note: Do not put screws in these two holes. 12 inch display only Note: OmniBook 900â heatsink shown. For the OmniBook 900B, the heatsink and mounting differ. Note: On recent units, a HDD brack et is installed in this area.
2-20 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if the top case has been dam aged by excessive pres sure above the hard dis k s lot, check whether y ou m ust replace additional parts : ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, and if the hard disk slot has a m etal brack et acr oss the top of the s lot, replace jus t the top case. ⢠If the bottom case has such a pad in the hard dis k slot, but ther e is no m etal brack et across the top of the slot, you should also install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k s lot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should also replace the bottom cas e and install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. (Service note 900- 14.) Remov ing the Motherboard or Bottom Case (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad m otherboard to HP, desc ribe the symptom s on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠4-m m thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch). I f necessary, grind the sides of a standard driver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove these additional assem blies: ⢠Hard disk drive (page 2- 6). ⢠Key board (page 2-12). ⢠Display assem bly (page 2-16). ⢠CPU module (page 2- 14). ⢠Top case (page 2-18). 3. Remove the screw holding the right hinge support near the back-right corner, then lift out the support. 4. Remove the screw holding the front-left corner of the m otherboard. 5. Unplug the speaker wire from the front of the motherboard. 6. Unplug the fan wire from the left side of the motherboard. 7. R emove the two screws from the P CMCIA socket. 8. U nplug the PCMCIA socket flex cable from the motherboard and lift out the socket. 9. R emove the four hex standoffs in the CPU area.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-21 10. Lift the front of the m otherboard about 7 cm (3 inches), then slide the m otherboard forward until it comes out of the bottom case. Figure 2-11. Removing the M otherboard PCM CIA socket Motherboard Speaker cable Speaker Bottom case CPU support (OB 900B only) Infrared lens Fan cable Fan Hard drive door Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Right hinge support Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm My lar insulator Standoff, M2
2-22 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Reassembly Notes Note: Installing a New Moth erboard ⢠If a RAM board is present, transf er it fr om the old m otherboar d to the new one: ⢠Reprogram the BIOS ICâsee the note below. ⢠Store the serial num ber and k eyboard lay out electr onically in the new m otherboar dâsee the steps below. Note: Installing a New Bottom Case ⢠Trans fer thes e parts fr om the old bottom cas e to the new one: HDD door and infrared lens. Module bay door. (If the door does not stic k to the cas e, the mother board will hold it.) PCMCIA doors, if present (see the f igure below). Speaker . (If the cover ing is not reusable, inst all a new speaker.) Fan. (Do not press or spin the f an blade with y our f inger.) My lar insulator ( inside the bottom c ase). CPU support (O mniBook 900B only). ⢠Install the original ser ial number label and a new overlayâsee the steps below if you have to mak e a new serial num ber label. ⢠When lowering the m otherboard into the bottom case, m ake sure the audio jack grounding tabs do not catch on the bottom case. ⢠Make sure the speaker and fan wires are not trapped under the m o therboard. Note If you installed a new motherboard with a new BIOS IC, the IC contains only enough basic program m ing to boot the Om niBook. Af ter installing the m otherboard, you must r eprogram the IC. Hewlett-Packar d prefers that y ou program the IC with the latest BIOS. You can download it from the Om niBook website ( see page vi)âf ollow the directions pr ovided. Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if you must replace the m otherboard or bottom c ase, check whether you must replace additional par ts: ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, replace just the bad part. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k slot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should replace the top cas e, bottom c ase, and install a HDD brac ket above the hard disk slot. (Service note 900- 14.)
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-23 Figure 2-12. Installing PCMCIA Door s Storing the Serial Number and Key board Layout Electronically 1. Exit Windows and boot to a DOS prompt. î For Window s 95/98, press F8 during reboot and select Com mand Prompt Only . î For Window s NT, boot from a DOS boot floppy disk. 2. Run ESN.EXE from one of these sources: î On a factory software installation, change to the \Omnibook\Drivers\Hputils directory and type esn at the prompt. î Otherwise, copy \Om nibook\Drivers\Hputils\Esn.exe from the OmniBook 900 Recovery CD, then run it on the OmniBook. 3. Store the serial number: î If y ou are prompted for the serial number, ty pe the serial number shown on the bottom of the case. î If a serial num ber has already been stored, you m ust call an HP support center to change it. 4. Run KYB_SEL.EXE from one of these sources: î It m a y be present on the hard disk or Recovery CD in \OmniBook\Drivers\Hputils. î Get a copy from the Reseller website (see page vi). 5. Select the keyboard layout for the unit being repaired. Installing a New Serial Number Label If y ou do not have a master file that creates serial number labels with fields for â900 Bâ and manufacturing location, get a copy from the Reseller website (see page vi) under Product Support Inform ation in the Service and Support L ibrary . 1. Using any PC connected to a laser printer, open the master serial label file, enter the serial number and product number from the old serial label, and print the new label on plain white paper. The new label does not have barcodes. Note: View from inside the case. Rotate the doors 180° to load the spring.
2-24 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 2. Carefully cut out the new serial label just inside the border and place it into the inner recess in the bottom case. The bottom of the label goes toward the front of the case. 3. While holding the paper label in place, attach a serial label overlay into the outer recess. It covers and protects the serial label. HP Serial Number (S)TW711A 1234 900 B (1P)F1770W MFG# TW711A 1234 Made in Taiwan Figure 2-13. Example of Serial Number Label Remov ing the BIOS IC (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Note A replacem ent BIOS IC contains only enough basic program m ing to boot the Om niBook . After installing the IC, you must repr ogram it. Hewlett-Pac kard pr efers that you program the IC with the latest BIOS. You can download it from the Om niBook website (see page vi )âfo llow the directions provided. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠IC (PLCC) rem oval tool (similar to OK I ndustries EX-5). Removal Procedure Caution Remove all power bef ore rem oving or installing the BIO S IC. Otherwise, the IC could be dam aged. 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch), then free the snap at the center of the back edge. 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Use an IC removal tool to rem ove the BI OS IC from its socket.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-25 Figure 2-14. Removing the BIOS IC Reassembly Notes Caution ⢠Align the IC with the slot in the sock et. The IC is k eyed to fit correctly. If y ou insert the IC back ward, the IC or mother board could be dam aged. ⢠Press down firmly on the IC with your thum b to ensure a proper connection. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. ⢠Reprogram the I C by programm ing the BIOSâsee the note above. IC removal tool
2-26 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing Other Components (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Pointed knife or probe (for display com ponents). ⢠Small flat- blade screwdriver (for display com ponents). ⢠4.0-4.5 m m flat-blade screwdriv er (for OmniBook 900B CPU only ). ⢠F ine Phillips screwdriver (for display latch only ). ⢠4-m m thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch) (for bottom case components). ⢠Small plastic blade for pry ing, such as an angled plastic tweezers (for bottom case com ponents). Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove the additional assem blies and follow the special steps indicated in the tables below. Components are separated into these groups: ⢠Display components (page 2- 27). ⢠Top case components (page 2- 28). ⢠Bottom case com ponents (page 2-28).
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-27 Table 2-8. Removing Display Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-6) Bezel, display Remove the display bezel (see page 2-10). Cable, display flex (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). LCD module (page 2-10). 1. Unsnap the flex cable tube from the display case. 2. Remove the screw holding the left hinge arm and release the flex cable grounding strap. Reassembly Notes: The grounding strap goes between the left hinge arm and the display case. It is held by the hinge screw . The flex cable wraps around the tube only about 1/2 turn. Cable, display flex (13-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the left hinge cover. 2. Remove the bezel and display case (see page 2- 10). 3. Disconnect the flex cable from the LCD . 4. Unplug the flex cable from the motherboard. Cable, display pow er Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the right hinge cover. 2. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 3. Unplug the power cable from the LCD module wir es . 4. Unplug the power cable from the motherboard. Reassembly Notes: Insert the display pow er cable into the notch in the top case before installing the hinge cover. Case, display (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). LCD module (page 2-10). 1. Remove the screws holding the hinge arms, then lift out the hinges. 2. Unsnap the flex cable tube from the display case. Lift out the flex cable. 3. Remove the two screw s holding the display latch, then lift out the latch. Reassembly Notes: Install the display latch and other components into the new display case. Case, display (13-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the bezel and display case (see page 2- 10). 2. Remove the two screw s holding the display latch, then lift out the latch. Reassembly Notes: Install the display latch and other components into the new display case. Hinge Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). 1. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 2. 12-inch display: Remove the screw holding the hinge arm, then lift out the hinge. 13-inch display: Re move the tw o screws secur ing the hinge arm to the LCD module. Reassembly Notes (12-inch display ): Insert the hinge fully into the case before installing the screw . Latch, display 1. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 2. Remove the two screw s holding the latch, then lift out the latch. LCD module See page 2-10.
2-28 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Table 2-9. Removing T op Case Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Case, top See page 2-18. Key board See page 2-12. Support, touch-pad Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Remove the screw holding the support plate to the top case. 2. Slide the support plate to the side and lift it out. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the touch pad is seated properly before installing the support plate. Press down on the support plate w hile sliding it into place. Make sure it is held dow n at the left and right edges. Check the action of the click buttons before installing the top case. Touch pad Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Remove the screw holding the support plate to the top case. 2. Slide the support plate to the side and lift it out. 3. Lift out the touch pad and its flex cable. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the touch pad is seated properly before installing the support plate. Press down on the support plate w hile sliding it into place. Make sure it is held dow n at the left and right edges. Check the action of the click buttons before installing the top case. Table 2-10. Removing Bottom Case Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Case, bottom See page 2-20. CPU module See page 2-14. Door, module bay connector Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Peel the rubber door from the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: Position the new door in the center of the opening before sticking it onto the bottom case. Doors, PCMCIA Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Flex each door until one side tab releases. Reassembly Notes: See the figure on page 2-23. Fan (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Fan (13-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Caution: Do not spin the fan blade w ith your finger. Pressure on the fan blade can damage the bearings. 1. Remove the eight screw s (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Remove the tw o screws (12-inch display) or one screw (13-inch display ) holding the fan. 3. Unplug the fan cable from the motherboard and lift out the fan. Reassembly Notes: The opening in the side of the fan faces the vent in the bottom case.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-29 Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Heatsink Keyboard (page 2-12). Remove the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Reassembly Notes: Install new thermal pads on the new heatsink. IC, BIOS See page 2-23. Insulator, bottom case Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Lift the sheet out of the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: The small pads on the sheet face upwards. Lens, infrared Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Slide the infrared lens out of the bottom case. Pads, thermal Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remov e the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Install or replace damaged or missing thermal pads on the bottom of the heatsink. 3. Clean off the mating surfaces of the CPU module and the large IC nex t to it. Reassembly Notes: Install the smaller pad in the recessed area of the same shape. Install the larger pad in the middle of the protruding area. PCA, motherboard See page 2-20. Socket, PCMCIA Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remov e the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Remove the tw o screws from the right side of the PCM CIA socket. 3. Unplug the PCM CIA socket flex cable from the motherboard and slide out the socket. Speaker (12-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Unplug the speaker from the motherboard. 2. Peel off the covering from the speaker chamber. 3. Pull the speaker out of the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the foam pads are attached to the edges and back of the speaker. After inserting the speaker, carefully seal the speaker chamber with the new covering material. Speaker (13-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Pull the speaker out of the bottom case. Support, hinge (left) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Unsnap the left hinge support from the top case.
2-30 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Support, hinge (right) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Remove the screw holding the right hinge support near the back-right corner, then lift out the support.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-1 3 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics This chapter includes troubleshooting and diagnostic information for testing the functionality of the OmniBook and identify ing faulty m odules: ⢠Troubleshooting information î Troubleshooting the problem (page 3- 2). î Verifying the repair (page 3- 3). î Suggestions for troubleshooting (page 3-4). ⢠Diagnostic tools î OmniBook hardware diagnostic program (page 3-12). î Power-on self-test (page 3- 18). î Sycard PCCtest 450 PC Card (page 3-21). î Desktop Management I nterface (page 3-22). î BIOS Setup utility (page 3- 24). Caution Do not unnecessar ily rem ove the CPU module f rom the m otherboard. T he CPU connector is easily damaged during rem oval and ins ertion.
3-2 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Troubleshooting The suggestions in this section can help isolate and repair the cause of a problem. To ensure quality repair, HP recommends that y ou follow the basic troubleshooting steps shown in the illustration below. Figure 3-1. Basic Troubleshooting Steps Troubleshooti ng the Pr obl em Record pertinent information about the unit: î Model and serial number. î Operating system and version. î BIOS v ersion. î Accessories and peripherals used. Analyze the problem : ⢠Observe Symptoms. Using the custom erâs information, try to duplicate the problem. Determine how the problem differs from proper behavior. Also, take note of the functions that do work properly. ⢠Separate Problems. If there is more than one sy mptom, separate them into distinct problem s. Check the customerâ s description of the problem and any supporting information. Try to duplicate the customerâ s problem. (Also see the suggestions at the ri g ht. ) Troubleshoot the problem using - Diagnostic tools. - Troubleshooting suggestions. Verify the repair by testing the functionality of the complete unit. Isolate software problems - Check whether the problem occurs with the factory softw are configurationâinstall a hard disk with factory software. T his can identify softw are configuration and compatibility problems. - Check whether the problem occurs only w hen connected to the internet. This can identify ISP, software, and traffic problems.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-3 ⢠Consider Causes. Keep in m ind possible causes for each problem. Use the diagnostic tools and troubleshooting suggestions to help find possible causes. î The OmniBook diagnostic program is the primary hardware troubleshooting toolâit tests most com ponents using automatic and interactive tests. The table on page 3-4 shows how you can use the different diagnostic tools to isolate the cause. î The troubleshooting suggestions on page 3-5 include general suggestions for repairing units with certain failure sym ptoms. Swapping easily replaced modules with know n-good m odules is an ideal way to isolate the cause down to the module lev el. It is rare for more than one m odule to be responsible for one failure sym ptom. Therefore, replacement of more than one m odule for a particular symptom should be the exception rather than the normal expectation. After replacing a module, it is norm al for the unit to be in a confused state and lock up when power is applied. If this occurs, press the sy stem-off button to restart the computer in a know n state. Verify ing the Repair Before returning the repaired unit to the customer, v erify the repair by running the following tests: ⢠Basic Diagnostic Test. Run the basic test of the OmniBook diagnostic program (page 3- 12). âandâ ⢠Function Tests. Run tests that check the repaired function, such as in the OmniBook diagnostic program (page 3- 12). âandâ ⢠Failed Tests. Run any other tests that failed during troubleshooting.
3-4 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Suggestions for Tr oubl eshooti ng Table 3-1. Scope of Diagnostic Tools Function OmniBook Diagnostics Powe r-On Self-Test Sy card PCCtest 450 DMI/TopTools (if installed) BIOS Setup Bootup Tests Describes (SafeTools) Configures Processor Tes ts (System menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Memory Tes ts (Memory menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Describes Batteries Describes (AssetTools) Display Tests (Video, Mem,Us er menus ) Describes (AssetTools) Hard disk Tes ts (IDE menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Configures Floppy drive Tes ts (FDD menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Describes Key board Tes ts (KBD menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Pointer Tes ts (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Audio Tests (Sy stem, Misc menus) Configures Serial Tests* (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Parallel Tests* (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Infrared Tes ts â (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures PS/2 port Tes ts â (KBD, Misc menus) USB Testsâ (USB or System menu) Describes (AssetTools) Docking port Tes ts (using docks) PCMCIA Tes ts (Misc menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) AC adapter Status (AssetTools) Docking products Tests ports and internal bus Status (AssetTools) Configures CD-ROM drive Tes ts (IDE menu) Tests (w ith boot CD) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Other plug-in modules Describes (AssetTools) * T he diagnostic test is more thorough if you use a loopback connector. â Use an appropriate external dev ice to exercise the port. See the help text for the tests in the menu.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-5 If y ou canât isolate the cause of a problem using the diagnostic tools, you can use the suggestions in the following table to help find the problem. Table 3-2. T roubleshooting Suggestions Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments To help determine likely causes, check to see w hat replaceable modules are involved in the system function and what roles they play. See the table on page 1-14. Startup Does not boot on ac or battery Check the power source. Push system-off button. Unplug the ac adapter and remove battery, then reconnect power. Remove any RAM board and try again. Reinsert and try again. AC adapter. RAM board. CPU module. Motherboard. BIOS IC. LCD module. Hard drive. Check ac adapter. Remove any RAM boards and retry. If power status light does not turn on, reprogram or replace BIOS IC, replace motherboard. If power status light turns on but display remains off, try external monitor. If monitor shows successful boot, replace LCD module. If monitor shows activ ity but BIOS does not complete, replace CPU module. If monitor is blank, replace CPU module, replace motherboard. If power status light and display turn on, BIOS completes, but OS does not start from hard disk or from floppy drive, replace C PU module, then motherboard. If OS starts from floppy driv e, reload hard drive, replace hard drive. Does not boot on battery (boots on ac) Check battery lev el on battery LEDs. Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery . Battery or contacts. Motherboard. Does not boot from floppy drive Check floppy driv e contacts. Try reseating the external module bay cable and the module into the bay. Try using alternate connection (with accessory floppy cable or ex ternal module bay). Check boot order in BIOS Setup. Check that floppy boot is enabled in BIOS Setup. Floppy drive or contacts. Accessory floppy cable. External module bay . Motherboard. Error message such as âInvalid system diskâ or âAuto IDE errorâ Check for a disk in floppy drive. Remove and reinsert hard drive. Check boot order in BIOS Setup. Hard drive contacts. Hard drive. If unit boots from floppy drive, check for corrupt files on hard drive, reload hard drive, replace hard drive.
3-6 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Sluggish startup or shutdown Run ScanDisk and Disk Defragmenter to check and optimize the hard drive. Delete temporary and unneeded files. Use same suggestions shown at left. Password has been forgotten Verify proper ow nership, then follow the remov al procedure with the ow ner and log the appropriate dataâsee page 5-1. The user must call T echnical Support and provide proof of ownership. Passw ord removal is restricted to certain sites. See page 5-1. Powe r/Battery Short battery operating time Turn dow n display brightness. Check power management settings in BIOS Setup. Tr y the default settings. Shut down and restart. During boot at the F2 prompt, press F6. This starts a process that recalibrates the battery gauge, possibly improving operating time. Inform user that certain applications can cause excess pow er usage. (User can get power monitor from www.i nt el .c o m and monitor CPU load.) Some PC cards (PCMCIA) draw pow er even while not in use. Heavy modem use can affect battery operating time. Battery. Motherboard. Battery capacity often decreases after a year or more. Does not run on battery, empty battery indication Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery . Battery or contacts. Motherboard. Battery does not charge Check the power source. Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery and ac adapter. Check for high ambient temperature and blocked air holes on the side and bottom. Do not charge in a small space or on a soft surface. Battery or contacts. AC adapter. Motherboard. Fan. Check ac adapter. Check fan. Battery indicator is inaccurate Completely charge and discharge the battery 2 to 4 cycles in the unit. Battery. Motherboard. Try cycling the battery charge. Press F6 during boot to cycle the battery charge. Display Dark display, no light Adjust display brightness. Press Fn F5 sever al times. Try ex ternal monitor. Check for very low ambient temperature. LCD module (backlight). LCD flex cable, power cable, or connections. Motherboard. If an external monitor displays no image, replace the motherboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-7 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments W hite display Adjust display brightness. LCD module. Motherboard. Erratic display LCD flex cable or connections. LCD module. Make sure the LC D module and flex cable hav e small foam pads attachedâsee page 2-10. Bright or missing pixels or lines See quality statement on page 5-2. LCD module. LCD flex cable or connections. See quality statement on page 5-2. Hard disk Hard disk never spins Check the power source. Remove and reinsert the hard drive. Check the contacts. Hard drive or contacts. Motherboard. Hard disk makes clunking or scratching noise Back up the drive immediately. W as the computer or drive dropped? Hard drive. Check the computer and drive for evidence of customer abuse. Hard disk makes buzzing or w hining noise Back up the drive immediately. Check for alternate noise sources, such as a PCM CIA drive or fan. If a keystroke causes the sound to change, it may be power supply noise. Depends on the source of the noise. For a serial number before TW 92500000, remove the drive and check w hether the slot has a metal bracket across the inside top of the slot. If there is no bracket, you should install a HDD bracket and required case parts. (Service note 900-14.) Files are corrupted Run a virus scan program. Check the disk surface by running Scandisk (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Or boot to DOS and run CHKDSK to look for problems, run CHKDSK /f to fix. Use Rec overy CD to res t ore original factory softw are. Use same suggestions shown at left. Drive capacity is less than normal Check the disk surface by running Scandisk (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Check partitions using FDISK (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Hard drive. Use same suggestions shown at left. Recreate the Hibernate partition (see page 2-8), then partition and format the disk. Floppy drive General problems C heck floppy drive contacts. Try reseating the external module bay cable and the module into the bay. Try using alternate connection (with accessory floppy cable or ex ternal module bay). Check settings in BIOS Setup. Floppy drive or contacts. Accessory floppy cable. External module bay . Motherboard.
3-8 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Key board Some or all keys do not work properly Keyboard. Motherboard. BIOS IC. Try reinserting the flex cable in the connector on the motherboard. PS/2 keyboard and mouse with Y - adapter do not work Check devices separately . Y-adapter. PS/2 device. Motherboard. Pointing stick General problems C heck settings in Control Panel. Check that the pointing stick is enabled in BIOS Setup. Keyboard assembly. Motherboard. Try reinserting the flex cable in the connector on the motherboard. Special TrackPoint driver features not working If installed, remove TouchPad driver support using Add/Remove Program. In Mouse Properties, select the IBM T rackPoint driver from the track-point directory under \OmniBook\Drivers. Keyboard assembly. Motherboard. Click button doesnât wor k Touch pad. Top case. Motherboard. Touch pad General problems C heck settings in Control Panel. Check pointing stick settings in Control Panel. The IBM TrackPoint driv er can redefine touch pad operation. Check that the touch pad is enabled in BIOS Setup. Touch pad (or top case). Motherboard. Special TouchPad driver features not working If installed, remove IBM TrackPoint support using Add/Remove Program, then in Mouse Properties, select the standard PS/2 mouse. Disable the pointing stick in BIOS Setup, enable the touch pad. Run Setup.ex e from the touch-pad subdirectory under \Omnibook\Drivers. Touch pad (or top case). Motherboard. Click button doesnât wor k Touch pad. Top case. Motherboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-9 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Audio Sound does not play Check settings in BIOS Setup. Increase sound volume (Fn UP and software controls). Check whether mute is activ e (Fn F7 and software controls). Check for sound resource conflicts in Device M anager (W indows 95/98) or Administrative Tools or Control Panel System (W indows NT). Speaker. Motherboard. Check operation using headphones or external speakers. Sound does not record Check settings in BIOS Setup. Check software controls for microphoneâit should not be muted in recording panel. Note: The microphone should normally be muted in the master output panel. Top case (microphone). Motherboard. Check operation using external microphone. Serial/Parallel General problems C heck settings in BIOS Setup. Check settings in Control Panel (and in W indows NT Diagnostics). Motherboard. Use loopback connector during testâsee page 3-14. Infrared General problems Infrared communication is not supported in W indows NT 4.0. Infrared is disabled when shipped. Drivers are included but not installed when shipped. Check settings in BIOS Setup. Standard IrDA and fast-IrDA are incompatible (they use different drivers). For fast-IrDA, check for DMA conflict with ECP parallel port. Motherboard. USB General problems USB is not supported in W indows NT 4.0. Motherboard.
3-10 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments PCMCIA General problems M ake sure Card Executive is installed for W indows NT. If the card requires an IRQ, check that there is one available. Check for conflicts or refresh the device list in Dev ice Manager (W indows 95) or Administrative Tools or Control Panel System (W indows NT). Reboot the computer. Try the card in the other slot or in another computer. Check the OmniBook w ebsite for installation instructions (page vi). Download current driv ers from the card manufacturerâs website. Motherboard. PCM CIA socket. Using a flashlight, look for bent pins inside the PCM CIA socket. If both slots have problems, replace the motherboard. If only one slot has a problem, try replacing the PCM CIA socket. AC adapter Does not power the OmniBook Try another ac adapter, if available. AC adapter. Motherboard. The ac adapter is not repairableâit must be replaced. Miscellaneous Clock loses time Plug in ac adapter for 24 hours to charge backup battery. Motherboard. Charge backup battery. Computer gets hot It is normal for the computer to get hot. Make sure the air holes in the side and bottom are clear. Make sure computer is not resting on a soft surface. DOS games and other programs that drive CPU usage toward 100% can contribute. Fan. Thermal connections. Heatsink damage. Check the fan. (Do not press or spin the blade with y our finger.) Check for proper contact between heatsink, thermal pads, CPU, and Northbridge IC.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-11 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Computer pauses or runs sluggishly May be normal W indows behavior (background processing can affect response time). If the hard disk has spun down to conserv e power, it can take several seconds to spin up. You can hear this. You can run BIOS Setup and change the hard disk time- out to match the Suspend time-out. Certain background operations (such as HP COE virus scans) can affect performance while they âre running. Some file browser s may be unresponsive w hile theyâre processing a graphic image or waiting for broken netw ork connections to time out. Check for overheatingâsee the previous symptom. Run BIOS Setup and try turning off smart CPU mode. CPU module. Motherboard. Thermal connections. If computer slows after a period of continuous activity, check thermal connections and partsâsee the previous symptom. Accessories Docking product I/O problems Check that ac power is connected. Check settings in BIOS Setup. Try using the corresponding OmniBook port. Docking product. Motherboard. Test the corresponding OmniBook ports while undocked. The port replicator and mini dock are not repairableâthey must be exchanged. The docking sy stem is repairableâsee its service manual. Can not boot from CD in CD-ROM drive Check that the CD is bootable. During boot, do not press ESC before the F2 promptâ or check boot order in BIOS Setup. CD-ROM drive. External module bay . The CD- ROM drive is not repairableâit must be exchanged. General plug-in module problems Check contacts on the module, in external bay , on cable, and on OmniBook connector. Push system-off button and reboot. Plug-in module or contacts. External module bay . Motherboard. Plug-in modules are not repairableâthey must be exchanged.
3-12 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Diagnostic Tools This section describes the following diagnostic tools y ou can use for troubleshooting and repairing the OmniBook: ⢠OmniBook hardw are diagnostic program (below). ⢠Power-on self-test (page 3- 18). ⢠Sy card PCCtest 450 P C Card (page 3-21). ⢠Desktop Management I nterface (page 3-22). ⢠BIOS Setup utility (page 3- 24). OmniBook Diagnosti c Pr ogr am The OmniBook hardware diagnostic program provides two levels of testing: ⢠User-lev el testing using the basic hardware test. ⢠Advanced testing using the indivi dual hardware tests. Figure 3-2 . OmniBook Diagnostic Screens â Basic and A dvanced The tests are designed to run after the system reboots. This ensures that the computer will be in a predictable state, so the diagnostic program can properly test the hardware components. The tests are non-destructiv e and are intended to preserve the state of the com puter. The OmniBook reboots when you exit the program so drivers can be loaded. Creating a Diagnostic Floppy Disk If y ou need a diagnostic floppy disk, insert a formatted floppy disk in the floppy drive and do one of the following: ⢠Check the \Dmi\Hpdiags directory . If diaginst is in this directory, run it. âorâ If TopTools is installed, check whether the DiagTools page can create the disk. ⢠On any com puter with World Wide Web access, download the diagnostic software package from the OmniBook website (see page v i), then follow the instructions.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-13 Running the Diagnostic Test 1. If youâre using a diagnostic floppy disk, insert it in the floppy driveâor press F 10 in the next step. 2. Reboot the OmniBook. 3. Go through the first several screens. 4. When the hardware detection finishes, check the list of detected hardware. The following information and dev ices should be listed if applicable: P roduct name Cache mem ory Graphics adapter Processor type Main memory Serial ports (OB 900â ) BIOS v ersion IDE drives Parallel port (OB 900â ) Serial number Audio device Note If a device is not detected or fails its test below, it m ay be configured incorrec tly in the BIOS Setup utility (page 3-24). You can conf irm the problem by running BIOS Setup and chec king the settings . 5. Run t he basic test. Press F2 to start the basic hardware test. 6. If you intend to exit without running adv anced tests, press F4 to sav e system and test information in the Support Ticket log file, HPSUP PT.TXT. Then remove the diagnostic disk, if present, and press F3 to exit. 7. Run the advanced tests. Press F2 to open the advanced test screen. 8. Select and run the appropriate tests. Tests are not listed if no such hardware is detected. P ress the following key s to run tests: ENTER Runs the highlighted test. F5 or SPACE Marks or unmarks the highlighted test. F6 Marks or unmarks all tests in the current m enu. F7 Marks or unmarks all tests in all m enus. F10 Runs all marked tests. If any test fails, the error is logged (error code and description) and display ed temporarily (error code). If several errors occur, look for patterns that m ight indicate a common cause. See the table on page 3-14 for repair suggestions. Consider these suggestions in com bination with other troubleshooting information. 9. When you are finished running tests, press ESC to exit the advanced tests. 10. Press F4 to save sy stem and test information in the Support Ticket log file, HPSUPP T.TXT. 11. Exit. Press F3 to exit and reboot. 12. Optional: Check t he log. The log file contains a hardware summ ary and a list of all test results and errors.Run C:\Dmi\Hpdiags\Hpsuppt.exe to retriev e the log file to this directory and open it in Notepadâor, if you are using a diagnostic floppy , the log file Hpsuppt.txt is on the floppy disk.
3-14 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Note that the serial and parallel port tests are more thorough if y ou connect a loop-back connector to the port before running the test for that port. See the wiring diagrams below . 14 1 25 13 6 1 9 5 Figure 3-3. Serial and Parallel Loopback Connectors Interpreting the Res ults ⢠The following table lists test groups, error codes, and suggestions for follow- up actions. Consider these suggestions in combination with other troubleshooting inform ation. Table 3-3. OmniBook Diagnostic Error Codes Code Suggestions Sy stem Tests 0001h - 0008h Reseat or replac e the CPU m odule. 0009h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0010h - 002Fh Reseat or replac e the CPU m odule. 0030h - 0040h Replace the m otherboard. 0041h Unrecogni zed i nt errupt s. Run B I OS Setup and check I RQ as signm ents f or al l devi c es. 0050h - 0070h Replace the m otherboard. 0071h Bad CMOS c he cksum. Reset the system, the n run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0072h Configurat ion mi s mat c h in CMOS. Reset the system , t hen run B I OS Setup and c heck setti ngs . Replace t he mot herboard. 0073h Bad CMOS RA M si ze. Reset t he s ystem , then run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0074h Bad CMOS t i m e. Res et the syst em, t hen run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace t he mot herboard. 0075h - 0076h Reset the s ystem . Replac e t he m otherboard. 0077h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0078h Bad CMOS c he cksum. Reset the system, the n run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0079h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0083h - 0086h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 0087h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0088h Replac e t he B IOS IC. Code Suggestions 008Ah Replace the m otherboard.. 0090h - 009Eh Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 009Fh Insuff icient DOS mem ory. Load fewer device drivers. 00A0h No repair. (ES CD not supported.) 00A1h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 00A2h - 00A3h No repair. (ES CD not support ed. ) 00A4h Replace the B I OS IC. 00A5h - 00A6h No repair. (ES CD not support ed. ) 00A7h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 00C0h - 00CCh Replace the CP U m odule. 00FFh Rerun t he test . (P ossibl e di agnos tic programm ing error.) Memo ry Tests The addresses bel ow are absolut e (32-bi t ) addresses . These address es are not in the s egm ent: of fset f ormat . 0100h - 0101h Replace the m otherboard. 0102h Replac e t he B IOS IC. Replace the mot herboard. 0120h - 0150h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 0160h Addres s bus s hort . Rem ove any RA M board and rerun the test . Check t he CPU m odul e f or shorts . Repl ac e the m ot herboard. 0170h - 0172h Replace the m otherboard. These connections are not used. Diodes are 1N4004 or equivalent (I F =1A, V F =1V@1A, V R =30-400V)
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-15 Code Suggestions 0180h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 0181h Replac e t he CP U module. 0182h Unload HIMEM.SYS or make s ure t hat anot her applicat i on i s not using al l extended m emory allocate d by HIMEM .SYS. 0183h No extended mem ory. Chec k instal l at i on of any RAM board. Replace t he mot herboard. 0184h Rem ove or s wap RAM boards. Replace t he CPU modul e, replace the m otherboard. 0190h - 01A0h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 01A1h - 01A4h Replace the CP U m odule. 01B1h â 01B3h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). Hard Disk Tests 0201h Replac e t he hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0202h - 0204h Rerun the test . If error pers ists , replace t he hard disk. 0205h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0207h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the hard disk type. Check int ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. 0208h - 0209h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 020Ah - 0211h Rerun the tes t . Run SCA NDI S K or equivalent . 0220h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0240h Replac e t he hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0252h - 0254h Rerun the tes t . Run SCA NDI S K or equivalent . 025Ah - 0260h Rerun the test . If error pers ists , replace t he hard disk. 0265h Check i nt ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0275h Replac e t he hard di s k. 0280h Check i nt ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. 0281h Replac e t he hard di s k. 0290h Rerun the t es t. I f t he error persist s, replac e the hard disk. 0293h - 0296h Replace the hard di s k. 02AAh Check internal and external hard dis k connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Code Suggestions 02CCh Run BIOS Setup and c heck t he hard di s k type. Replace the hard di s k or the m otherboard. 02EEh For the performance t es t, run B I OS Setup and tem porari l y s el ec t a drive type that has m ore than 200 cylinders . 02F1h Recreate the Hi bernat e partiti on, then run FDISK t o partiti on t he hard di s k. 02F2h Run FDISK t o mak e one part i t ion acti ve. If necess ary, rec reate the Hibernat e partiti on, then run FDISK to partit i on t he hard disk. 02F3h â 02F5h Run FDISK t o check f or overl appi ng part itions . If neces sary, rec reat e the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDISK to partit i on t he hard disk. 02F6h Recreate the Hi bernat e partiti on, then run FDISK t o partiti on t he hard di s k. 02FFh Chec k internal and external hard di s k connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 9602h - 9607h (See Hard Disk Tes ts at t he end of the tabl e. ) Floppy Disk Tests 0301h Replac e t he f loppy drive. Replac e the mot herboard. 0302h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0303h Ins ert a floppy dis k without write protect ion. 0304h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0305h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0307h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Check the connec t ors on the floppy dri ve, external module bay, and m otherboard. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0308h - 0309h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 030Ah - 0310h Rerun the test with a good floppy dis k . Replace the floppy dri ve. 0311h Rerun the t es t with another fl oppy di s k. 0321h - 0322h Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0340h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0341h Replac e t he f loppy drive. Replac e the mot herboard. 0342h - 0344h Run BIOS S et up and check t he floppy drive type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0345h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0347h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Check the connec t ors on the floppy dri ve and mot herboard. Repl ac e the floppy dri ve. 0348h - 0349h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 0350h Rerun the t es t with another fl oppy di s k. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0360h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0380h - 03AAh Make sure the f l oppy di s k is f ully insert ed. Check t he c onnec tors on t he f loppy drive, external module bay, and m otherboard. Replace the f l oppy dri ve.
3-16 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Code Suggestions 03CCh Run BIOS Setup and c heck t he f loppy drive type. Rerun the t es t with another f l oppy di s k. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. Replace the mot herboard. 03EEh - 03FFh Check t he c onnec tors on t he f loppy drive, external module bay, and m otherboard. Rerun the test with another floppy di s k. Replac e the floppy drive. Repl ac e the m ot herboard. Key board Tests 0400h - 0401h Replace the m otherboard. 0410h - 0414h Check t he k eyboard f lex cable connect ion. Replace the k eyboard. Replace t he mot herboard. 0415h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0416h - 0418h Replace the k eyboard. Replace t he mot herboard. Serial P ort Tests 0601h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0602h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0603h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0604h - 0605h Replace the m otherboard. 0606h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0607h Make sure t he loopback c onnector is instal l ed and const ruc t ed properly. Replac e t he mot herboard. 0608h - 0617h Replace the m otherboard. Paralle l Port T ests 0701h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0702h For DiagTools 2.2, replac e m otherboard. For earlier version, no repair (printer t es t not supported). 0703h Run BI OS S etup and disabl e E CP for the parallel port, then rerun the tes t. Replac e the mot herboard. 0704h - 0706h Replace the m otherboard. 0707h Connect t he loopback c onnector. 0708h Replac e t he m otherboard. A udio Tests 0801h - 08C2h If this err or also occu rs for an ex ternal headphone, replace t he m otherboard. Otherwise, chec k the s peak er connect i on, replace the s peaker. If it occ urs only for an external headphone, replace t he m otherboard. 08D0h- 08F3h Replace the m otherboard. Code Suggestions 9003h - 9004h (See Microphone Test s near end of tabl e. ) 9018h â 901Ah (See NMA Sound Test s near end of t abl e. ) Video Tests 0900h - 0920h Replace the m otherboard. 8000h, 9016h - 9017h (See LCD Tests near end of table. ) CD-ROM Tests 0A00h Insert a CD i n t he drive. 0A01h Rerun the test . Replace t he CD-ROM drive. 0A02h No repair. (Aut om atic close not supported. ) 0A03h Insert a di f ferent CD in t he drive. Check t he connect ors on t he CD-ROM drive, external module bay, and mot herboard. Repl ac e the CD-ROM drive. 0A04h Insert a c omput er CD i n t he drive. 0A05h Insert a di f ferent CD in t he drive. Check t he connect ors on t he CD-ROM drive, external module bay, and mot herboard. Repl ac e the CD-ROM drive. 0A06h Insert a c omput er CD i n t he drive. Replac e t he drive. For earlier diagnost ics, insert an audi o CD i n the drive. 0A07h Rerun the test . Replace t he drive. 0A08h Insert an audi o CD. Replace the dri ve. 0A09h Rerun the test . Replace t he drive. 0A10h Insert an audi o CD. Replace the dri ve. 0A11h Rerun the test with an audio CD. Replac e t he drive. 0A12h Insert a di f ferent m ultis ession CD. Replace the drive. SMBus Tests 0E00h - 0E10h Replace the m otherboard. A TA PI Rem o vabl e Tests (LS-120) 0F01h Connect the LS -120 drive an rerun the tes t . 0F02h - 0F03h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F04h - 0F05h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F06h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F07h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F08h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F09h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. TI CardBus Tests 1201h Memory s pace not avail abl e. Remove any attached I SA or PCI cards.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-17 Code Suggestions 1202h - 1203h Replace the m otherboard. 1205h - 1206h Insert a di f ferent P C Card. Repl ac e the PCMCIA soc ket. Repl ac e the m ot herboard. 1207h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. USB Tests 1301h Reprogram t he BIOS I C. Replace t he B IOS IC. Replace the m otherboard. 1302h - 1316h Replace the m otherboard. 9006h (See US B P ort Test near end of t able.) A CP I Tests 1701h - 1702h Reprogram t he B I OS IC. Repl ac e the BIOS IC, replace the m otherboard. DVD Tests 1900h - 1902h Insert a di f ferent DV D i n t he dri ve. Repl ac e the DVD drive. Fan Tests 9001h If t he f an is already running, you will not hear a change. Chec k t he fan connec t ion. Replac e t he fan. Replac e t he mot herboard. 9002h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. Microphone/Line-In Tests 9003h If t he error occurs f or built-in and external mic rophones, replac e the m ot herboard. If it occurs f or onl y t he built-in m ic rophone, c heck the m i c rophone c able connect ion, replac e t he top cas e. If i t occurs onl y for an external mic rophone, replace t he m otherboard. 9004h Verif y a good signal on t he i nput l i ne. Replace the m ot herboard. Suspend/Resume Test 9005h Run BI OS S etup and rest ore def aul t sett i ngs . Reprogram t he B I OS IC. Repl ac e the BIOS IC. Replace the m otherboard. USB Port Test 9006h Make sure a US B device i s c onnected t o t he port you are test ing. Sel ec t the c orrec t speed for the devic e. Replace the m otherboard (or dock c om ponent, i f applicabl e). IR Tests (FIR enabled, undocked) 9002h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. 9007h - 9008h Reboot the com puter. Run B IOS Set up and restore defaul t sett i ngs . Replace t he mot herboard. 9009h Do not run t hi s test i n W indows. For the one- unit tes t , replace t he mot herboard. For the two- unit te st, make sure the IR por ts on the reflect or and t est c om puters are l i ned up, replace the m otherboard. Code Suggestions 900Ah Rerun the test . For the two-unit t est, m ake s ure the IR ports on the reflec tor and test com put ers are lined up. Replac e the m ot herboard. 900Ch Rerun t he test. Make sure the I R port s on the reflect or and t est c om puters are l i ned up. Restart t he reflect or unit. Repl ac e the mot herboard. Video Tests 8000h If t he test f ai l s with an external monit or (m ust support VESA m ode 105h), replac e t he mot herboard. Ot herwise: - If the s haded-band test f ails, c heck the LCD flex cable connec t ion in the bot t om c as e, replace the LCD f l ex cable, replace the mot herboard. - If only a s ol i d-c olor test fails , see chapt er 5 f or cosm etic gui del i nes , replace t he LCD m odule. 9016h Reboot t he c omput er. Reprogram the B IOS. 9017h See c hapt er 5 for cos m etic gui del i nes , replace the LCD m odul e. NMA 2 Sound Tests 9018h - 901Ah If this err or also occu rs for an ex ternal headphone. Otherwise, c heck t he s peaker connect i on, repl ac e the speak er. If it oc curs only for an external headphone, replac e the mot herboard. Dock Tests 9071h, 9073h Update BIOS in com puter. Replac e electronic s PCA in do ck. 9075h, 9077h - 9078h Replace elec t ronics P CA i n doc k. 907Bh Replace LED/ but ton ass em bly in dock . 9082h Rerun tes t with known good comput er. Replace electroni c s PCA in doc k . 9088h Replac e el ec t ronics P CA in dock . Hard Disk Tests 9602h Failure m ay oc cur soon. B ac k up data and replace the hard di s k. 9603h Rerun the hard disk test. 9604h Reform at the hard di s k. I f nec essary, rec reate the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9605h For a com puter that does not give an F10 prompt at boot (old Hibernate part i t ion) or that has a non-W indows operati ng s ystem , this error may not i ndi c at e a failure. Ot herwise, reform at t he hard disk. If nec es sary, recreat e the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9606h Reform at the hard di s k. I f nec essary, rec reate the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9607h Bac k up data, t hen ref orm at t he hard di s k. Replace the hard di s k.
3-18 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Pow er-On Self-Test Note If Quiet Boot is enabled in BIOS Setup (the default s etting), press ESC during boot to see POST mes sages. The PO ST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of initialization routines and diagnostic tests that the system BIOS runs when the computer boots. The system BIOS will not boot the operating system if system memory , the CP U, DMA, or the interrupt controller fails the POST diagnostic tests. P OST progress is indicated by a sequence of codes. I f possible, error messages are displayed. You should not interpret the failure of one or more POST tests as a hardware, software, or firmware failure. First, confirm the failure with a âcleanâ boot: ⢠Remov e all accessories, including RAM boards, floppy drive, port replicator, PC Cards, printer, external monitor, pointing dev ice, and key board. ⢠Provide âcleanâ ac powerâno auto adapter or unusual ac adapter configuration. ⢠Press the system -off button to start from a known state. If the com puter fails to boot with a clean boot, it requires repair. If an error m essage is displayed, confirm the problem using other diagnostic tools. Not all POST messages indicate a hardware, software, or firmware failureâsom e messages are inform ational messages. If the BI OS detects a terminal error condition, it halts POST after issuing a terminal error beep codeâ up to four groups of 1 to 4 short beeps. The beep code indicates the POST routine in which the terminal error occurred. The BI OS also issues a beep code (one long tone followed by two short tones) during POST if the video configuration fails (no card installed or faulty) or if an external ROM module does not properly checksum to zero. Table 3-4. PO ST T erminal-Error Beep Codes Beep Codes POST Description 1 One short beep bef ore boot 1-2 Search for opt ion ROMs. One long, t wo short beeps on che cksum failure 1-2- 2-3 BIOS ROM ch ecksum 1-3-1-1 T es t DRAM refres h 1-3-1-3 T es t 8742 Keyboard Controll er 1-3-4-1 RA M fai l ure on addres s line xxxx 1- 3 -4 -3 RA M f ai l u re on da ta bi t s xxxx o f l o w b yt e o f m em o ry b us 1- 4 -1 -1 RA M f ai l u re on da ta bi t s xxxx o f h i g h b yt e o f m em o r y b us 2-1-2-3 Chec k ROM copyright not i c e 2-2-3-1 T es t for unexpected int errupt s The following table lists POST messages and explanations for reported problems. I f the sy stem fails after you m ake changes in BIOS Setup, reset the computer, enter BI OS Setup, and install the defaults or correct the error. Table 3-5. PO ST M essages Message Description 0200 Failure Fixed Di sk Fixed disk is not working or not configured properl y. Chec k to s ee i f fixed disk i s attached properly. Run Set up. Fi nd out if the f ixed-disk type is correct l y ident ified. 0210 Stuck key Stuc k key on keyboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-19 Message Description 0211 Key board error Keyboard not working. 0212 Key board Control l er Fai l ed Keyboard control l er f ailed tes t . May require replaci ng k eyboard c ontroller. 0213 Key board l o cked - Unl o ck key switch Unlock t he system to proc eed. 0220 Monitor type does not match CMOS - Run SETUP Monitor type not c orrec tly ident i f i ed i n S etup 0230 Shadow Ram Failed at offset: nnnn Shadow RAM failed at of f set nnnn of t he 64k block at which the error was detect ed. 0231 Sy stem RA M Fail ed at offset: nnnn System RAM fail ed at offset nnnn of in the 64k block at which the error was detect ed. 0232 Extended RA M Fail ed at offset: nnnn Extended mem ory not working or not c onfigured properly at of fset nnnn. 0250 Sy stem battery i s dead - Replace and run SETUP The CMOS clock battery indi c ator shows the bat t ery is dead. Connec t the ac adapt er f or at least 24 hours , replace t he m otherboard. 0251 Sy stem CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used System CMOS has been c orrupt ed or modif ied incorrec t l y, perhaps by an applic at ion program t hat c hanges data s t ored in CMOS. The BI OS instal l ed Def ault Set up V alues. I f you do not want these values , enter S et up and ent er your own values. If t he error pers ists , chec k the syst em bat t ery. Connect t he ac adapter for at l eas t 24 hours, repl ac e the m ot herboard. 0260 Sy stem timer error The tim er test f ailed. Requires repair of sys tem board. 0270 Real time cl ock error Real-tim e cloc k fails B I OS tes t . May require board repair. 0280 Previous boot incom p l ete - Defaul t confi gurati on used Previous P OS T did not c om plete s ucces s f ully. PO S T l oads default val ues and offers t o run Setup. I f the fai l ure was c aus ed by incorrect values and they are not correct ed, t he next boot will likely fail. This error is cleared t he next time the s ys t em is booted. 0281 Memory Size found by P OS T differed from CM OS Memory size f ound by POST di f fered from CMOS. 02B0 Diskette drive A error 02B1 Diskette drive B error Drive A: or B: is present but fail s the BIOS POST di s k ette t es ts. Chec k to s ee t hat the drive is defined with the proper dis kett e t ype in Setup and t hat t he disket te drive is at t ached correc t ly. 02B2 Incorrect Drive A ty pe - run SETUP Type of floppy dri ve A : not correct l y ident ified in S etup. 02B3 Incorrect Drive B type - run SETUP Type of floppy dri ve B : not correct l y ident ified in S etup. 02D0 Sy stem cache error - Cache disabled RAM cache f ai l ed and B I OS disabl ed t he cache. On ol der boards , check t he cache jum pers. You may have t o replace the c ache. S ee your deal er. A disabled c ac he slows sys t em perform anc e c onsiderably. 02F0: CPU I D: CPU soc k et num ber for Multi-P rocess or error. 02F4: EIS A CM OS not wr i teabl e ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot write to EIS A CMOS. 02F5: DM A Test Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot write to extended DMA (Direct Mem ory Acc es s) regist ers . 02F6: Softw are NMI Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot generate soft ware NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt ). 02F7: Fa il-Safe Time r NMI Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Fai l -S af e Timer t akes t oo l ong. device A ddress Confli ct Address c onflic t for spec i f ied device. A ll o cati on E rror for: device Run ISA o r EISA Co nfigur ation U tility to r esolve reso urce co nflict for th e specifie d dev ice. CD ROM Dri ve CD ROM Drive identif i ed.
3-20 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Message Description Entering SET UP... Starti ng S etup program Failing Bits: nnnn The hex number nnnn is a m ap of the bit s at t he RA M addres s which failed t he m em ory t es t. Each 1 (one) in t he m ap indic at es a fail ed bi t . See errors 230, 231, or 232 above for of f s et address of t he f ailure in Sys t em, E xtended, or Shadow mem ory. Fixed Disk n Fixed disk n (0-3) ident i f i ed. Invalid Sy stem Configur ation Da ta Problem with NVRAM (CMOS) dat a. I/O device IRQ conf lict I/O devic e IRQ confl i c t error. PS/2 M ouse Boot Summ ary Screen: PS/2 Mouse i ns talled. nnnn kB Extended RA M Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of RA M in k ilobytes s uc cess f ully tes t ed. nnnn Cache SRA M Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s ys tem c ac he in kil obyt es succ es sfull y t es ted. nnnn kB Shadow RAM Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s hadow RAM in k i l obyt es succ es sfull y t es ted. nnnn kB Sy stem RA M P assed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s ys tem RA M in k ilobytes s ucces s f ully tes t ed. Operating sy stem not found Operating sys t em c annot be located on ei t her dri ve A : or drive C:. E nt er Setup and see i f fixed disk and dri ve A : are properl y i dent i f ied. Parity Check 1 nnnn Parity error f ound i n t he s ystem bus. B I OS attem pts t o locate t he addres s and displ ay i t on the sc reen. I f it c annot locat e t he address, i t displays ????. Parity is a met hod f or c hecking errors in binary dat a. A parity error indic ates t hat som e dat a has been corrupted. Parity Check 2 nnnn Parity error f ound i n t he I /O bus. B IOS att empt s t o locate t he address and dis play it on t he screen. I f it c annot locat e the address , i t displays ????. Press <F1> to resume, <F2> to Setup, <F3> for previ ous Displayed af t er any rec overable error m es s age. Pres s <F1> to start the boot proc es s or <F2> to enter Set up and change the s et t ings. P ress <F3> to di s play the previous s creen (usuall y an initial i zat i on error of an Option ROM, suc h as an add-on card). W rite down and follow the inform ation shown on the sc reen. Press <F2> to enter Setup Optional m essage di s played during POS T . PS/2 M ouse: PS/2 m ouse ident ified. Sy stem BIOS shadow ed System BIOS copied to s hadow RAM. UMB upper li m it segment address: nnnn Displays the address nnnn of the upper lim it of Upper Memory B l o cks, indicatin g rele ased segm ent s of the B I OS which can be reclai m ed by a virtual m em ory m anager. Video BIOS shadowed Video BI OS c opied to shadow RAM.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-21 Sy card PCCtest 450 CardBus Car d (Opti onal ) The PCCtest 450 CardBus Card (version 1.05) available from Sy card Technology is an optional diagnostic tool. It is the only recommended tool that tests the functionality of the P CMCIA slots using a PCMC IA card. I t is a Type I I CardBus C ard that works with compatible test software to exercise PCMC IA functions. (See the Sy card T echnology website, http://www.sycard.com .) T he PCCtest 450 product contains these components: ⢠PCCtest 450 CardBus Card, version 1.05. ⢠PCCtest 450 software disk. (Software updates are available at the Sy card Technology w ebsite, http://www.sycard.com.) ⢠Configuration headers (PC Card/16-bit and CardBus/32-bit), w hich attach to the card. You will also need: ⢠CardBus extender card to avoid wear on the Sy card P CMCIA connector. The Sy card PCCextend 70 extender card is an example. The Sycard PCCtest 450 provides the follow ing tests. See the Sy card documentation for details about running the tests. ⢠PCMCIA PC Card (16-bit) test, PCT450 (version 1.17). Requires the PC Card configuration header. Run the test for the Texas Instrum ents PCI1225 socket controllerâsuggested comm ands Upper slot: PCT450 -b69 -1 -v Lower slot: PCT450 -b69 -0 -v ⢠CardBus (32-bi t) test, TESTCB (v ersion 2.05). Requires the CardBus configuration header. Run the test for the Texas Instrum ents PCI1225 socket controllerâsuggested comm ands Upper slot: TEST CB -b69 -1 -v -jsd000 Lower slot: TESTCB -b69 -0 -v -jsd000 -k 6
3-22 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Desktop Management Interface (DM I) The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) is an industry -standard program API for accessing information about a personal com puter. Using DMI, an application program can determine, for example, which hardware and softw are components are present in a personal com puter, the operating system that is being used, and the number of accessory board slots that are av ailable. Using the DMI interface, a local or remote application program can check what hardware and software components are installed on your com puter, and may be able to tell how w ell they are working or w hether any needs replacing. All this information is stored in a special Managem ent Inform ation Form at (MIF) file, installed on each personal computer as part of the DMI package. Installing the DM I Package The DMI package is included with the Om niBook, but it must be properly installed before it can be used. The following steps explain how. To install the DMI preloaded on the hard disk: 1. Start Windows, if it is not already running. 2. Click Start, P rograms, HP TopTools or HP DMI, Setup. To install the DMI from the OmniBook Recov ery CD or from floppy disks: 1. If you do not hav e a CD-ROM drive, create installation floppy disks ⢠On any computer with a CD- ROM drive, copy the DMI software from the dm i directory of the Recovery CD (under \omnibook\driv ers) to four or more floppy disks (for example, copy the contents of the \disk1 subdirectory to disk #1). 2. Start Windows, if it is not already running. 3. Insert the Recovery CD into the CD- ROM drive, or insert disk #1 into the floppy drive. 4. Select and run the SETUP program from the dmi\disk1 directory on the CD (under \omnibook\drivers), or from floppy disk #1. Uninstalling the DM I Package 1. C lick Start, Programs, HP D MI, Uninstall DMI. 2. Reboot the P C. Using the DMI Interface For a com plete explanation of how to fully take advantage of DMI, the follow ing documentation is provided with the Om niBook: ⢠A README.TXT fi le. ⢠A Windows online help file describing Hewlett- P ackardâs implem entation of DMI (group and attribute definitions). Since not all Hewlett-Packard enhanced features are supported on all models, this docum ent also describes any restrictions that apply. Description of DMI The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) is the result of the efforts of the Distributed Managem ent Task Force (DMTF ). This task force was founded in 1992 by a group of leading com puter
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-23 manufacturers, including Hewl ett-Packard, to define a standard method of m anaging the physical and logical components of personal com puters. Hewlett-Packard has developed a num ber of extensions to DMI to allow the enhanced features of HP OmniBook com puter to be managed with DMI, including features such as passwords and tattooing (identifyi ng a computer using a unique string of characters). For full details of the structure of the MI F file, including an explanation of the meaning of the fields of groups and attributes and how to write an application program that accesses this information, y ou can access the DMTF F TP server ftp.dmtf.org or the DMTF web pages at the http://www.dm tf.org. Contents of the DM I Package The DMI software and associated docum entation is supplied preinstalled on the OmniBookâs hard disk drive. Since the information accessed by the D MI software is specific to a particular com puter, it must be installed on each computer separately . The DMI package included with the OmniBook can be used only w ith the OmniBook. The following software is supplied with the DMI package: ⢠A Microsoft Windows utility, SETUP.E XE, to install and initialize the DMI software. ⢠A Windows utility, HP TopTools. After D MI is installed, this utility can be used to display information about the com puter through the DMI. ⢠Windows-com patible DMI Service Lay er software.
3-24 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 BIOS Setup Ut ility The BIOS Setup utility provides access to basic configuration settings. I t is independent of the operating system . Running the BIOS Setup Utility 1. Close all applications, then shut down Windows and reboot the OmniBook. If necessary , you can press CTRL AL T DEL to reboot. 2. D uring reboot, press F2 to start the BI OS Setup utility. 3. T he pointing device or m ouse is not active in the BIOS Setup utility . Press the RIGHT and LEF T arrow key s to mov e among menus. Press the DOWN and UP arrow key s to mov e among parameters in a m enu. Press F5 or F 6 to move through v alues for the current parameter. Press ENTER to change a setting. See the table below for more inform ation. 4. After you select the options you w ant, press F10 or use the Exit m enu to exit the BIOS Setup utility. If the settings cause a conflict between devices during reboot, the sy stem prompts y ou to run BIOS Setup, and the conflicting settings are marked. Table 3-6. BIOS Setup Menus and Parameters Main Menu Default Language Sets the language for this utility and BIOS messages. E nglish. BIOS Revision Shows the current BIOS version. Detected automatically. System Time Sets the time using 24-hour format. Values set take effect immediately. System Date Sets the date using mm/dd/yy (English) or dd/mm/yy format. Floppy Driv e Sets the floppy drive type. Detected and set automatically. Internal Hard Disk Sets the hard disk drive type and v arious parameters. Detected and set automatically. Quiet Boot W hen enabled, hides summary of power-on self-test and messages during boot. Enabled Video Display Dev ice Sets whether the built-in and ex ternal display signals automatically sw itch when an ex ternal display is detected, or whether both signals are activ e. Pressing Fn F5 temporarily switches display s. Auto Video Expansion Sets whether the v ideo image expands to fill the display in lower resolution modes (VGA). W hen disabled, the video image is centered in the display. Disabled Primary Video Adapter Sets whether the internal (built-in) v ideo adapter automatically switches to an ex ternal video adapter connected to the docking system, if one is detected. (Select Internal to use multiple-monitor capability of W indows 98.) Auto System M emory Show s the system memory siz e. 640KB Extended M emory Shows the ex tended memory size. Detected automatically. CPU Serial Number For a processor w ith a serial number, makes the processor serial number available to softw are. Enabled
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-25 Sy stem Devices Menu Default PS/2 Pointing Devices Sets whether internal pointing dev ices are automatically disabled when an ex ternal PS/2 pointing device is detected, or whether both internal and ex ternal devices are active. This is required for the scroll wheel on a PS/2 mouse to function. Auto Internal Pointing Devices Enables one or both built-in PS/2 devices. Both External Fn Key Sets whether left-CT RL left-ALT on an external key board is interpreted as the Fn key. Enabled IDE Controller Enables the primary (hard drive) and secondary (optional CD- ROM drive) controllers. Both FDD Controller Enables the floppy drive. Enabled Serial Port Sets how the serial port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled Base I/O address Sets the I/O address and interrupt. 3F8h, IRQ4 Infrared Port Sets how the infrared port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Disabled Mode Sets the hardware to support SIR (Standard IR), ASK IR (amplitude shift keyed IR), or FIR (Fast IR) infrared communications. (Driver installation required.) SIR Base I/O address Sets the I/O address and interrupt. 2F8h, IRQ3 DM A channel For Fast IR mode, sets the DM A channel. DM A3 Parallel Port Sets how the parallel port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled Mode Sets the port to normal, bidirectional, EPP, or ECP. ECP Base I/O address Sets the I/O address. 378h Interrupt Sets the interrupt. IRQ7 DM A channel For ECP mode, sets the DM A channel. DM A3 OmniBook 900â : Audio Sets how the audio sy stem is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled SB I/O address Sets the Sound Blaster I/O address. 220h W SS I/O address Sets the Wi ndows Sound System I/O address. 530h AdLib I/O address Sets the AdLib synthesiz er I/O address. 388h Interrupt Sets the interrupt. IRQ5 1st DM A channel Sets the DM A channel for playback. DM A1 2nd DM A channel Sets the D MA channel for recording. DM A0 Security Menu Default User Password Is Shows if a user password is set. Clear Administrator Password Is Show s if an administrator password is set. Clear Set User Password Press ENTER to set, change, or clear user password. Password length can be no longer than 8 characters, 0-9, A-Z, and cannot include special or accented characters. Set Administrator Passw ord Press ENTER to set, change, or clear administrator password. This passw ord protects BIOS Setup settings. Passw ord length can be no longer than 8 characters, 0-9, A-Z, and cannot include special or accented characters. Smart Card Security Av ailable only if a smart card accessory is installed. Sets whether the passw ord is read from a smart card instead of entered from the keyboard. Disabled Boot Sets whether a passw ord is required when the computer boots. Enabled Resume If boot security is enabled, sets whether a passw ord is required when resuming from a suspended state. Enabled Undock If boot security is enabled, sets whether a passw ord is required when undocking the O mniBook. Disabled
3-26 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Internal Hard Disk Drive Lock If boot security is enabled, sets w hether a password is stored on the hard disk. Secures data on the disk if the disk is moved to another computer. Disabled Removable Dev ice Boot Sets whether the floppy drive or other removable dev ice is a boot device. Enabled Power M enu Default If ACPI is activated in W indows 98, ACPI settings ov erride settings in this menu. Power M anagement Mode Disables time-outs, selects a combination of time-outs, or allows customized time-outs. Max P owe r Savings Smart CPU M ode Enables automatic CPU pow er savings. Absence of keyboard, mouse, and hard disk activity could cause slow er CPU response. For an OmniBook 900â , this should normally be off to avoid time sensitive operationsâand this setting applies on both battery and ac pow er. OB 900B: On OB 900â : Off Standby Time-out Sets the period of inactivity after w hich the computer goes from On to Standby pow er mode. 2 minutes Suspend Time-out Sets the period of inactivity after w hich the computer goes from Standby to Suspend pow er mode. (Skips Standby mode if that time-out is disabled.) 4 minutes Hibernate Time-out Sets whether the computer goes from Suspend to Hibernate power mode after the indicated period of inactiv ity. (Skips Suspend mode if that time-out is disabled.) 4 hours Hard Disk Time-out Sets the period of hard disk inactivity after w hich the hard disk stops spinning. Also affects a hard disk drive in the plug-in module bay. 2 minutes Time-out on AC Sets whether pow er management time-outs occur while the ac adapter is connected. Disabled Power Button M ode Sets the action of the blue power button w hen pressed for less than 4 seconds. Suspend Lid Switch M ode Sets the action when the O mniBook lid closes. Turn Off LC D Resume on Serial Ring Sets whether the system resumes from Suspend if a ring signal is received. Enabled Resume on Time of Day Sets whether the system resumes from Suspend at a defined time of day. Disabled Resume Time Sets the 24-hour time when the system resumes from Suspend if enabled. Auto Suspend on Undock Sets whether the O mniBook suspends after undocking. When Lid Closed Auto Turn-on on Dock Sets whether the OmniBook turns on after docking. Enabled Boot Menu Default Removable De vice Hard Drive CD-ROM/DVD Drive Shows the order of boot dev ices. Mov e the entries to change the order. 1. Removable De vice 2. Hard drive 3. CD-ROM/DVD drive Exit Menu Save Changes and Ex it Saves Setup changes, ex its, and reboots. Discard Changes and Ex it Discards Setup changes since last save, ex its, and reboots. Does not affect Security and date/time changes. Get Default Values R estores default settings, stays in Setup. Does not affect Security and date/time settings. Load Previous Values D iscards Setup changes since last save, stays in Setup. Does not affect Security and date/time changes. Save Changes Sav es Setup changes, and stays in Setup. Security settings are saved w hen changed. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-1 4 Replaceable Parts This chapter contains an exploded view of the Om niBook and the following lists of parts: ⢠OmniBook replaceable parts (page 4- 3). ⢠Assembly -component breakout (page 4- 7) ⢠Accessory replacem ent parts (page 4-7). ⢠Part number reference (page 4-9).
4-2 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Figure 4-1. Exploded View Display components (see page 4-5).
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-3 Table 4-1. O mniBook Replaceable Parts Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Assembly, ex ternal module bay F1711-60901 Yes â¢â¢ 1 Battery panels (set of tw o) F1770-60904 Y es â¢â¢ 1 Battery w /panel set F1770-60905 Yes â¢â¢ 2 Bezel, display (12â) F1711-60915 â¢â¢ 2 Bezel, display (13") F1770-60906 ⢠3 Blank, PCM CIA filler 5182-5194 Yes ⢠Bracket, HDD F1711-60973 â¢â¢ 4 Bumper, display (upper) F1711-60913 Yes â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (12â, IBM) F1711-60918 â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (12", Mitsubishi) F1769-60913 â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (13", LG) F1770-60923 ⢠5 Cable, display flex (13", Unipac) F1770-60910 ⢠6 Cable, display pow er (12â) F1711-60919 â¢â¢ 6 Cable, display pow er (13") F 1770-60912 ⢠Cap, pointing stick F1320-60971 Yes â¢â¢ 7 Case, bottom (12") * F1769-60910 â¢â¢ 7 Case, bottom (13") * F1770-60919 ⢠8 Case, display (12", IBM w/latch) * F1711-60978 â¢â¢ 8 Case, display (12â, M itsubishi) * F1711-60971 â¢â¢ 8 Case, display (13") * F1770-60907 ⢠9 Case, HDD kit F1711-60904 Yes â¢â¢ 10 Case, top (12") * F1769-60960 â¢â¢ 10 Case, top (13") * F1770-60913 ⢠Connector, HDD F1711-60975 â¢â¢ 11 Cover, display screw (lower) F1711-60914 Yes â¢â¢ 12 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) F1770-60902 Y es â¢â¢ 13 Cover, keyboard screw F1770-60903 Yes â¢â¢ 14 CPU, 300M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-4833 F1711-69103 ⢠14 CPU, 366M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-4834 F1711-69104 ⢠14 CPU, 400M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-5317 F1711-69105 ⢠14 CPU, 450MHz Pentium III (uPGA) 1821-5415 F1769-69101 ⢠14 CPU, 500MHz Pentium III (uPGA) 1821-5416 F1770-69101 ⢠15 Door, HDD (12â) F1711-60905 Yes â¢â¢ 15 Door, HDD (13") F1770-60918 ⢠16 Door, module bay connector F1711-60961 â¢â¢ 40 Doors, PCM CIA w/spring F1711-60984 â¢â¢ Drive, floppy disk module (no cable) F1472-80001 Yes â¢â¢ 17 Drive, hard disk (4.3GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3409 F1711-69100 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (4.3GB , 8.45mm, Toshiba) 0950-3410 F1386-69102 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (6.0GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3710 F1711-69106 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (6.4GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3442 F1711-69101 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (12GB, 9.5mm, IBM ) ** 0950-3711 F1660-69105 Yes ⢠18 Fan (12") F1769-60907 â¢â¢
4-4 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 18 Fan (13") F1770-60917 ⢠Foot F1711-60931 Yes â¢â¢ 19 Heatsink (with thermal pads) * F1711-60932 ⢠19 Heatsink (with thermal pads) * F1769-60902 ⢠20 Hinge, display (left, right pair) F1711-60938 â¢â¢ 20 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 13") F1770-60908 ⢠Holder, business card F1460-60962 â¢â¢ IC, BIOS F1711-60927 â¢â¢ 21 Insulator, bottom case F1711-60963 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Canadian 5182-5167 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Danish 5182-5175 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, French 5182-5170 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, German 5182-5168 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, International English 5182-5166 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Italian 5182-5174 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Norwegian 5182-5176 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Spanish 5182-5169 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Swedish 5182-5172 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Swiss 5182-5171 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, UK English 5182-5173 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, US English 5182-5165 â¢â¢ Label, regulatory F1711-60929 â¢â¢ 23 Latch, display (12â w/ stiffener) F1711-60979 â¢â¢ 23 Latch, display (13") F1770-60901 ⢠24 LCD module (12", IBM ) F1711-60939 F1711-69039 â¢â¢ 24 LCD module (12", M itsubishi) F1711-60972 F1711-69072 â¢â¢ 24 LCD module (13", LG) F1770-60921 F1770-69021 ⢠24 LCD module (13", Unipac) F 1770-60920 F1770-69020 ⢠Lens, infrared F1711-60928 â¢â¢ Overlay , serial number 7121-7525 â¢â¢ Pads, thermal (set of 2) F1711-60959 ⢠Pads, thermal (set of 2) F1769-60911 ⢠25 PCA, motherboard * F1711-60925 F1711-69025 ⢠25 PCA, Motherboard * F1769-60908 F1769-69008 ⢠26 Screw, M 1.4Ã4mm (tapping) F1711-60934 â¢â¢ 27 Screw, M 2Ã5mm F1443-60921 â¢â¢ 28 Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm F1460-60990 Yes â¢â¢ 29 Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm F1460-60984 Yes â¢â¢ 30 Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm F1440-60987 â¢â¢ 31 Screw, M 3Ã4mm F1629-60911 â¢â¢ 32 Screw, M 3Ã6mm F1580-60956 â¢â¢ 33 Socket, PCMC IA F1711-60924 â¢â¢ Spacer, LCD back F1711-60974 â¢â¢ 34 Speaker (with foam pads) F1711-60923 ⢠34 Speaker (12") F1769-60906 â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-5 Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 34 Speaker (13") F1770-60916 ⢠41 Spring, Heatsink F1769-60904 ⢠35 Standoff, M2Ã9mm hex (CPU) F1711-60935 ⢠35 Standoff, M2 hex (CPU) F1769-60912 ⢠Standoff, 4-11258-2 (docking) F1391-60953 â¢â¢ Standoff, 4-40UNC hex (I/O ) F1711-60936 â¢â¢ 42 Support, CPU F1769-60909 ⢠36 Support, hinge (left, 12â) F1711-60910 â¢â¢ 36 Support, hinge (left, 13") F1770-60914 ⢠37 Support, hinge (right, 12â) F1711-60911 â¢â¢ 37 Support, hinge (right, 13") F1770-60915 ⢠38 Support, touch-pad F1711-60960 â¢â¢ Tape, Kapton roll F1391-60963 â¢â¢ 39 Touch pad (w ith cable) F1711-60921 â¢â¢ * See Table 4-2 for components. ** These hard driv es are the preferred drives at the time of publication. Driv es shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the lates t version of servic e note HDD-01 . â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900B after the serial number.
4-6 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Figure 4-2. Display Components Note : 12-inch display shown. For a 13-inch display, the flex cable and mountings differ.
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-7 Table 4-2. Assembly - Component Breakdown Assembly Part Number Components Part Numbers Incl. Case, bottom (all) Door, HDD (12â) (all) No Door, module bay connector F1711-60961 No Doors, PCM CIA w/spring F1711-60984 No Feet (4) F1711-60931 Yes Insulator, bottom case F1711-60963 No Label, regulatory F1711-60929 Yes Lens, infrared F1711-60928 No Overlay , serial number 7121-7525 No Speaker (all) No Case, display (ex cept 12â IBM) (all) Latch, display (all) N o Case, top (all) Support, touch pad F1711-60960 No Touch pad (w ith cable) F1711-60921 No Heatsink (all) Pads, thermal (set of 2) (all) Y es PCA, motherboard (all) IC, BIOS F1711-60927 Yes Socket, PCM CIA F1711-60924 No Table 4-3. Accessory Replaceable Parts Description Pa rt Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Adapter, ac (60W ) 0950-2790 Yes ⢠Adapter, ac (60W ) 0950-3634 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, auto plug (from airline) 5182-5131 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, auto/airline (75W ) F1455-80003 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, docking module bay F1468-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, PS/2 "Y" F1469-80001 Y es â¢â¢ Assembly, ex ternal module bay F1711-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Battery panels (set of tw o) F1770-60904 Yes â¢â¢ Battery w /panel set F1770-60905 Yes â¢â¢ Cable, ex ternal FDD F1473-80003 Yes â¢â¢ Cable, M PEG PC card F1465-60904 Yes ⢠Card, PC (M PEG) F1465-60902 Yes ⢠CD, DVD play er (MPEG ) F1465-60903 Yes ⢠Charger, battery (ex ternal) F1706-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Docking system (w ith tall monitor stand) (see docking system service manual) â¢â¢ Drive, CD -ROM module F1474-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, DV D module F1653-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, floppy disk module (no cable) F1472-80001 Y es â¢â¢ Drive, LS-120 module F1470-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, second HDD housing F1746-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Mini dock F1452-60901 Yes
4-8 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Description Pa rt Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Monitor stand (short) F1453-60901 Yes Monitor stand (tall) F1477-60936 Yes â¢â¢ Port replicator F1451-60901 Yes RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7950 Yes â¢â¢ RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7951 F1660-69103 Yes â¢â¢ RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7952 F1660-69104 Yes â¢â¢ Tray , docking âDâ (OB900 w ith docking system) F1477-60958 Y es â¢â¢ Tray, standard âD â (OB900 with port replicator, mini dock) F1452-60909 Yes â¢â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-9 Table 4-4. Part Number Reference Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 0950-2790 Adapter, ac (60W ) Yes ⢠0950-3409 F1711-69100 Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3410 F1386-69102 Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 8.45mm, Toshiba) Yes ⢠0950-3442 F1711-69101 Drive, hard disk (6.4G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3634 Adapter, ac (60W ) Yes â¢â¢ 0950-3710 F1711-69106 Drive, hard disk (6.0G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3711 F1660-69105 Drive, hard disk (12G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠1818-7950 RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1818-7951 F1660-69103 RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1818-7952 F1660-69104 RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1821-4833 F1711-69103 CPU, 300M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-4834 F1711-69104 CPU, 366M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-5317 F1711-69105 CPU, 400M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-5415 F1769-69101 CPU, 450MHz Pentium III (uPGA) ⢠1821-5416 F1770-69101 CPU, 500MHz Pentium III (uPGA) ⢠5182-5131 Adapter, auto plug (from airline) Yes â¢â¢ 5182-5165 Keyboard, US English â¢â¢ 5182-5166 Keyboard, International English â¢â¢ 5182-5167 Keyboard, Canadian â¢â¢ 5182-5168 Keyboard, German â¢â¢ 5182-5169 Keyboard, Spanish â¢â¢ 5182-5170 Keyboard, French â¢â¢ 5182-5171 Keyboard, Sw iss â¢â¢ 5182-5172 Keyboard, Sw edish â¢â¢ 5182-5173 Keyboard, UK English â¢â¢ 5182-5174 Keyboard, Italian â¢â¢ 5182-5175 Keyboard, Danish â¢â¢ 5182-5176 Keyboard, Norw egian â¢â¢ 5182-5194 Blank, PCM CIA filler Yes ⢠7121-7525 Overlay , serial number â¢â¢ 8120-6312 Power cord, replacement (Australia) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6313 Power cord, replacement (US, Canada, T aiwan) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6314 Power cord, replacement (Europe) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6316 Power cord, replacement (Japan) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6317 Power cord, replacement (South Africa, India) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8367 Power cord, replacement (Argentina) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8373 Power cord, replacement (China) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8452 Power cord, replacement (Chile) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8699 Power cord, replacement (UK, Singapore, Hong Kong) Yes â¢â¢ F1320-60971 Cap, pointing stick Yes â¢â¢ F1391-60953 Standoff, 4-11258-2 (docking) â¢â¢ F1391-60963 Tape, Kapton roll â¢â¢ F1440-60987 Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm â¢â¢ F1443-60921 Screw , M 2Ã5mm â¢â¢
4-10 Replaceable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1451-60901 Port replicator Yes F1452-60901 M ini dock Yes F1452-60909 Tray , standard âDâ (OB900) Yes â¢â¢ F1453-60901 M onitor stand (short) Yes F1455-80003 Adapter, auto/airline (75W ) Yes â¢â¢ F1460-60962 Holder, business card â¢â¢ F1460-60984 Screw , M 2.5Ã5mm Yes â¢â¢ F1460-60990 Screw , M 2.5Ã4mm Yes â¢â¢ F1462-60901 OmniBook Performance 98 G roup training kit â¢â¢ F1462-60929 Part Return Kit for US only Yes â¢â¢ F1465-60902 Card, PC (M PEG) Yes ⢠F1465-60903 CD, D VD player (M PEG) Yes ⢠F1465-60904 Cable, M PEG PC card Yes ⢠F1468-60901 Adapter, docking module bay Yes â¢â¢ F1469-80001 Adapter, PS/2 "Y " Yes â¢â¢ F1470-80001 Driv e, LS-120 module Yes â¢â¢ F1472-80001 Driv e, floppy disk module (no cable) Yes â¢â¢ F1473-80003 Cable, ex ternal FDD Yes â¢â¢ F1474-80001 Driv e, CD-ROM module Yes â¢â¢ F1477-60936 M onitor stand (tall) Yes â¢â¢ F1477-60958 Tr ay, docking âDâ (OB900) Yes â¢â¢ F1580-60956 Screw , M 3Ã6mm â¢â¢ F1629-60911 Screw , M 3Ã4mm â¢â¢ F1642-12001 Softw are, CD M ediamatic MPEG SW ⢠F1653-80001 Driv e, DVD module Yes â¢â¢ F1706-60901 Charger, battery (external) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60901 Assembly, ex ternal module bay Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60904 Case, HDD kit Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60905 Door, HDD (12â) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60910 Support, hinge (left, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60911 Support, hinge (right, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60913 Bumper, display (upper) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60914 Cov er, display screw (lower) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60915 Bezel, display (12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60918 Cable, display flex (12â, IBM ) â¢â¢ F1711-60919 Cable, display power (12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60921 T ouch pad (with cable) â¢â¢ F1711-60923 Speaker (w ith foam pads) ⢠F1711-60924 Socket, PCM CIA â¢â¢ F1711-60925 F1711-69025 PCA, motherboard ⢠F1711-60927 IC, BIOS â¢â¢ F1711-60928 Lens, infrared â¢â¢ F1711-60929 Label, regulatory â¢â¢ F1711-60931 Foot Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60932 Heatsink (w ith thermal pads) â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-11 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1711-60934 Screw , M1.4Ã4mm (tapping) â¢â¢ F1711-60935 Standoff, M 2Ã9mm hex (CPU) ⢠F1711-60936 Standoff, 4-40UNC hex (I/O) â¢â¢ F1711-60938 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60939 F1711-69039 LCD module (12", IBM ) â¢â¢ F1711-60959 Pads, thermal (set of 2) ⢠F1711-60960 Support, touch-pad â¢â¢ F1711-60961 Door, module bay connector â¢â¢ F1711-60963 Insulator, bottom case â¢â¢ F1711-60968 Recovery CD, Greek (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1711-60971 Case, display (12â, Mitsubishi) â¢â¢ F1711-60972 F1711-69072 LCD module (12", M itsubishi) â¢â¢ F1711-60973 Bracket, HDD â¢â¢ F1711-60974 Spacer, LCD back â¢â¢ F1711-60975 Connector, HD D â¢â¢ F1711-60978 Case, display (12", IBM w /latch) â¢â¢ F1711-60979 Latch, display (12â w /stiffener) â¢â¢ F1711-60984 Doors, PCM CIA w/spring â¢â¢ F1746-80001 Drive, second HDD housing Yes â¢â¢ F1760-60928 Recovery CD, Chinese (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60929 Recovery CD, Greek (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60930 Recovery CD, Turkish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60931 Recovery CD, English (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60932 Recovery CD, German (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60933 Recovery CD, Spanish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60934 Recovery CD, French (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60935 Recovery CD, Norwegian (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60936 Recovery CD, Swedish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60937 Recovery CD, Finnish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60938 Recovery CD, Danish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60939 Recovery CD, Italian (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60940 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (O B900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60941 Recovery CD, English (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60942 Recovery CD, German (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60943 Recovery CD, Spanish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60944 Recovery CD, French (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60945 Recovery CD, Norwegian (OB900 NT 4) ⢠F1760-60946 Recovery CD, Swedish (OB900 NT 4) ⢠F1760-60947 Recovery CD, Finnish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60948 Recovery CD, Danish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60949 Recovery CD, Italian (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60950 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (O B900 NT4) ⢠F1769-60902 Heatsink (w ith thermal pads) ⢠F1769-60904 Spring, Heatsink ⢠F1769-60906 Speaker (12") â¢
4-12 Replaceable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1769-60907 Fan (12") â¢â¢ F1769-60908 F1769-69008 PCA, M otherboard ⢠F1769-60909 Support, CPU ⢠F1769-60910 Case, bottom (12") â¢â¢ F1769-60911 Pads, thermal (set of 2) ⢠F1769-60912 Standoff, M 2 hex (CPU) ⢠F1769-60913 Cable, display flex (12", M itsubishi) â¢â¢ F1769-60932 Recovery CD, Chinese (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60933 Recovery CD, French (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60934 Recovery CD, Greek (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60935 Recovery CD, Turkish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60936 Recovery CD, English (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60937 Recovery CD, German (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60938 Recovery CD, Spanish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60939 Recovery CD, Norwegian (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60940 Recovery CD, Swedish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60941 Recovery CD, Finnish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60942 Recovery CD, Danish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60943 Recovery CD, Italian (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60944 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60945 Recovery CD, French (NT4) ⢠F1769-60948 Recovery CD, English (NT4) ⢠F1769-60949 Recovery CD, German (NT4) ⢠F1769-60950 Recovery CD, Spanish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60951 Recovery CD, Norwegian (NT4) ⢠F1769-60952 Recovery CD, Swedish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60953 Recovery CD, Finnish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60954 Recovery CD, Danish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60955 Recovery CD, Italian (NT4) ⢠F1769-60956 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (N T4) ⢠F1769-60960 Case, top (12") â¢â¢ F1770-60901 Latch, display (13") ⢠F1770-60902 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60903 Cov er, keyboard screw Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60904 Battery panels (set of tw o) Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60905 Battery w /panel set Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60906 Bezel, display (13") ⢠F1770-60907 Case, display (13") ⢠F1770-60908 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 13") ⢠F1770-60910 Cable, display flex (13", U nipac) ⢠F1770-60912 Cable, display power (13") ⢠F1770-60913 Case, top (13") ⢠F1770-60914 Support, hinge (left, 13") ⢠F1770-60915 Support, hinge (right, 13") ⢠F1770-60916 Speaker (13") â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-13 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1770-60917 Fan (13") ⢠F1770-60918 Door, HDD (13") ⢠F1770-60919 Case, bottom (13") ⢠F1770-60920 F1770-69020 LCD module (13", Unipac) ⢠F1770-60921 F1770-69021 LCD module (13", LG ) ⢠F1770-60923 Cable, display flex (13", LG ) ⢠* These drives are the preferred driv es at the time of publication. Drives shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the lates t version of servic e note HDD-01 . â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-1 5 Reference Information This chapter includes the following reference information: ⢠Password removal policy . ⢠Display quality statement. Passw ord Remova l Policy If the user forgets the sy stem password, the user calls Technical Support to determine the proper remov al procedure. The user must prov ide proof of ownership, and the OmniBook m ust be operated during the procedure. The password remov al procedure is protected as HP Company Private information. There are a restricted number of locations that can perform password remov al. It m ay not be disclosed or distributed outside those locations. Password removal is strictly controlled. Hewlett-Packard and authorized support providers must ensure with written evidence that the OmniBook being âcleansedâ is actually in the possession of the unitâs actual and current owner. This requires a sales receipt showing the unit serial number and ownerâs name, or a written statem ent from the owner attesting that he or she is the owner of the unit. The statement can be a fax copy of the document. The fact that the unit is in the hands of an HP representative on behalf of the custom er is not evidence of ownership. In addition, HP will not remove the passw ord of a unit for any non- owner, even if it is requested by law enforcem ent agencies. If y ou receive such a request, you should notify management and HP Corporate Legal im mediately. (These requests may require a court order prior to our participation.) Further, the entity removing the password m ust log the name, serial num ber and date of the removal, and file the written backup with the log. The log and backup are subject to standard record retention process and review. The final issue relating to removal of passw ords is that HP cannot provide information to users that would assist them in im properly removi ng a password and opening a unit.
5-2 Ref erence Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Hew l ett-Packard Display Quality Statement TFT display manufacturing is a high precision but imperfect technology and manufacturers cannot currently produce large display s that are cosmetically perfect. Most, if not all, TFT display s will exhibit some level of cosm etic imperfection. These cosmetic im perfections may be visible to the customer under v arying display conditions and can appear as bright, dim, or dark spots. This issue is common across all vendors supplying TFT displays in their products and is not specific to the H P OmniBook display. HP O mniBook TF T displays m eet or exceed all T FT m anufacturerâs standards for cosmetic quality of TFT display s. H P does not warrant that the displays will be free of cosmetic im perfections. TFT displays may have a small number of cosm etic imperfections and still conform to the display manufacturerâs cosmetic quality specifications. Here are some guidelines to use in determining what action to take on custom ersâ complaints of cosmetic im perfections in their TFT display s: 1. T he unit should be viewed in the custom erâs normal operating condition. This means if the customer uses the unit predom inately in DOS, in Windows, or in some other application or combination of applications, that is where y ou should make the determination. Self test is not a normal operating condition and is not a sufficient tool to interpret display quality. 2. U se the table below to determine w hether the display should be considered for replacem ent. These are the only conditions in this guideline that m ay call for a replacement due to a defect in material or workm a nship based on the HP Lim ited Warranty Statem ent. 3. If a display is considered for replacem ent, it should be clear to the customer that cosm etic variations on the replacement display may also exist, and may require the customer to use a work- around to obscure the cosmetic im perfection. 4. Customers with cosmetic- based complaints only , that do not conform to the abov e conditions and tests will not normally be considered for display replacement. I t will be left to the judgment of the HP-responsible person working with the custom er, to identify work-arounds that are reasonable and appropriate for the individual custom er. Customers who m ust have a more perfect display solution should consider switching to an OmniBook w ith a DSTN display. We expect over tim e that the industry will continue to im prove in its ability to produce display s with fewer inherent cosmetic im perfections, and we will adjust our HP guidelines as the improvements are implem ented.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-3 Table 5-1. OmniBook 900 LCD G uidelines (TFT ) Ty pe of Imperfection Imperfections Not A llowed IBM 12" TFT, SVGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠6 or more single bright dots. ⢠6 or more single dark dots. ⢠10 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of double bright dots. ⢠2 or more double dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 2 bright or dark dots w ithin 20 mm. LG 13" TFT, XGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠7 or more single bright dots. ⢠7 or more single dark dots. ⢠3 or more double bright dots. ⢠3 or more double dark dots. ⢠7 or more total bright dots. ⢠7 or more total dark dots. ⢠11 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 3 bright dots w ithin 20 mm. ⢠Any occurrence of 3 dark dots w ithin 20 mm. Mechanical Imperfections: Spots (b) Lines (c) Polarizer scratches (d) Polarizer dents, bubbles (e) ⢠6 or more spots 0.2-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠8 or more lines 0.3-3 mm long and 0.05-0.07 mm wide. ⢠4 or more lines 0.3-3 mm long and 0.07-0.1 mm wide. ⢠5 or more scratches 5-20 mm long and 0.02-0.1 mm wide. ⢠9 or more dents 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any spot or dent ov er 0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any line ov er 3 mm long, or over 0.1 mm w ide. ⢠Any scratch ov er 30 mm long, or over 0.1 mm w ide.
5-4 Ref erence Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Ty pe of Imperfection Imperfections Not A llowed Unipac 13" TFT, XGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠9 or more single bright dots. ⢠10 or more single dark dots. ⢠18 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠4 or more double bright dots. ⢠5 or more double dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 2 bright dots w ithin 15 mm. ⢠Any occurrence of 2 dark dots w ithin 5 mm. Mechanical Imperfections: Spots (b) Lines (c) Polarizer scratches (d) Polarizer dents, bubbles (e) ⢠5 or more spots 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠4 or more lines 0-3 mm long. ⢠7 or more scratches 0-30 mm long. ⢠7 or more dents 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any spot or dent ov er 0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any line ov er 3 mm long. ⢠Any scratch ov er 30 mm long Definitions of imperfections: a Bright or dark dot: A subpixel (red, green, or blue dot) that is stuck on or off. b Spot: A point on the display that appears dark or bright and does not change in size. C aused by foreign circular matter on the backlight. c Line: A line on the display that appears dark or light and does not change in size. C aused by contamination (lint, hair) behind the display. d Polarizer scratch: A light line that is visible on a darker background and does not change in siz e. e Polarizer dent or bubble: A light spot with a darker border that appears on a lighted display and does not change in size.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-5 Obsolete Parts Obsolete repair parts are summarized in the following table. Table 5-2. O bsolete Repair Parts Obsolete Part Number New Part Number Description Comments 1818-7413* 1818-7950* RAM board, 32MB 1818-7414* 1818-7951* RAM board, 64MB 1818-7952* 1818-7952* RAM board, 128MB F1711-60902 F1770-60905 Battery, lithium-ion New part has tw o front panels. F1711-60912 F1770-60903 Cover, key board screw F1711-60916 F1771-60979 Latch, display (12â IBM) F1711-60917 F1711-60978 Case, display (12â IBM ) F1711-60920 F1769-60960 Case, top (12â) F1711-60922 F1769-60910 Case, bottom (12â) New part requires new top case. F1711-60926 F1769-60907 Fan (12â) F1711-60937 F1770-60902 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) * For exchange part numbers, see T able 4-4.
1. Product Inform ation 2. R emoval and R eplacement 3. Troubleshooting and D iagnostics 4. Replaceable Parts 5. Reference Inform ation Part Number F1770-90001 Printed in U.S.A. 12/99
ii HP Om niBook 900 Notice In a continuing effort to im prove the quality of our products, technical and environm ental information in this document is subject to change without notice. This manual and any exam ples contained herein are provided âas isâ and are subject to change without notice. Hewlett-Packard Com pany m akes no warranty of any kind with regard to this m anual, including, but not limited to, the im plied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-Packard Co. shall not be liable for any errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, perform ance, or use of this manual or the exam ples herein. Consumer transactions in Australia and the United K ingdom: The abov e disclaimers and lim itations shall not apply to Consum er transactions in Australia and the United K ingdom and shall not affect the statutory rights of Consum ers. © Copyright Hew lett-Packard Company 1999. All rights reserv ed. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation of this manual is prohibited without prior written perm ission of Hewlett-Packard Company, except as allowed under the copy right laws. The programs that control this product are copy righted and all rights are reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation of those programs without prior written perm ission of Hewlett-Packard Co. is also prohibited. Portions of the programs that control this product may also be copy righted by Microsoft Corporation, System Soft Corp., Cry stal Sem iconductor Corporation, Phoenix Technologies, Ltd., ATI Technologies Inc., and NeoMagic, Inc. See the individual program s for additional copy right notices. Microsoft, MS, MS-DOS, Windows and Window s NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Pentium and the Intel I nside logo are U.S. registered trademarks and MMX is a U.S. trademark of I ntel Corporation. TrackPoint is a U.S. registered trademark of International Business Machines. All certifications may not be com pleted at product introduction. Check with your HP reseller for certification status. This equipment is subject to F CC rules. It will comply with the appropriate F CC rules before final delivery to the buy er. Hewlett-Packard Company Mobile Computing Div ision 19310 Pruneridge Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014, U.S.A. Edition Hi story Edition 1 ........................ January 1999 Edition 2 .................... December 1999
HP Om niBook 900 iii Contents 1. Product Inform ation .................................................................................................. 1-1 Features and Operation ......................................................................................................... ........ 1-3 Turning the OmniBook On and Off....................................................................................... 1-4 Checking the Status of the OmniBook................................................................................... 1-5 Using Fn Hot K ey s................................................................................................................. 1-6 Resetting the OmniBook ........................................................................................................ 1 -6 System Resources .................................................................................................................. 1-7 Specifications................................................................................................................................ 1-9 Internal Design................................................................................................................ ............ 1-13 2. Removal and Replacem ent ........................................................................................ 2-1 Remov ing the Battery (User-Replaceable) ................................................................................... 2-3 Remov ing a RAM Board (User-Replaceable) .............................................................................. 2-5 Remov ing the Hard Disk Drive (User-Replaceable) .................................................................... 2-6 Replacing Small Parts (User-Replaceable) ................................................................................... 2-9 Remov ing the LCD Module (HP Authorized Service Providers Only )...................................... 2-10 Remov ing the Key board (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ........................................... 2-12 Remov ing the CPU Module (HP Authorized Service Providers Only)...................................... 2-14 Remov ing the Display Assembly (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) .............................. 2-16 Remov ing the Top Case (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............................................ 2-18 Remov ing the Motherboard or Bottom Case (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............ 2-20 Remov ing the BIOS I C (HP Authorized Service Providers Only ) ............................................. 2-24 Remov ing Other Components (HP Authorized Service Providers Only )................................... 2-26 3. Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.............................................................................. 3-1 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................ 3-2 Troubleshooting the Problem................................................................................................. 3-2 Verifying the Repair .............................................................................................................. 3-3 Suggestions for Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 3-4 Diagnostic Tools ......................................................................................................................... 3-12 OmniBook Diagnostic Program........................................................................................... 3-12 Power-On Self- Test ............................................................................................................. 3-18 Sycard PCCtest 450 CardBus Card (Optional) .................................................................... 3-21 Desktop Management I nterface (DMI) ................................................................................ 3-22 BIOS Setup Utility ............................................................................................................... 3-24 4. Replaceable Parts ....................................................................................................... 4-1 5. Reference Inf ormation ............................................................................................... 5-1 Password Remova l Policy ........................................................................................................ .... 5-1 Hewlett-Packard Display Quality Statement ................................................................................ 5-2 Obsolete Parts ............................................................................................................................... 5-5
iv HP Om niBook 900 Figures Fi gure 1-1. Om niBook - F ront View ....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-2. Om niBook - Side View .....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-3. Om niBook - Rear View .....................................................................................................1-3 Fi gure 1-4. Replaceable Module Diagram .........................................................................................1-13 Fi gure 2-1. Rem oving the Battery ........................................................................................................2-3 Fi gure 2-2. I nstalling a Battery Panel ......................................................................................... ..........2-4 Fi gure 2-3. Rem oving a RAM Board ...................................................................................................2-6 Fi gure 2-4. Rem oving the Hard Disk Driv e ....................................................................................... ..2-7 Fi gure 2-5. I nstalling a Hard Drive in the Cov er ..................................................................................2-7 Fi gure 2-6. Rem oving the L CD Module ............................................................................................2-11 Fi gure 2-7. Rem oving the K ey board .................................................................................................. 2-13 Fi gure 2-8. Rem oving the CPU Module............................................................................................ .2 - 15 Fi gure 2-9. Rem oving the Display Assem bly .....................................................................................2 -17 Fi gure 2-10. Rem oving the Top Case................................................................................................. 2-19 Fi gure 2-11. Rem oving the Motherboard .......................................................................................... .2 -2 1 Fi gure 2-12. I nstalling P CMCIA Doors .............................................................................................2-23 Fi gure 2-13. Exam ple of Serial Number Label .................................................................................. 2- 24 Fi gure 2-14. Rem oving the BIOS I C .................................................................................................. 2-25 Fi gure 3-1. Basic Troubleshooting Steps ........................................................................................ ..... 3-2 Fi gure 3 -2. Om niBook Diagnostic Screens â Basic and Advanced ................................................. 3-12 Fi gure 3-3. Serial and Parallel L oopback Connectors ........................................................................3-14 Fi gure 4-1. Exploded View ...................................................................................................... ............ 4-2 Fi gure 4-2. Display Components .......................................................................................................... 4-6 Tables Table 1-1. Om niBook 900 Models ....................................................................................................... 1-1 Table 1-2. Product Comparisons ................................................................................................. ......... 1-2 Table 1-3. Activ ating Power Modes.....................................................................................................1-4 Table 1-4. Main Status L ights (Motherboard) .................................................................................... .. 1-5 Table 1-5. K eyboard Status Li ghts (Motherboard)............................................................................... 1 -5 Table 1-6. F n Hot Key s ........................................................................................................................1-6 Table 1-7. Sy stem Interrupts ................................................................................................... ............. 1-7 Table 1-8. Sy stem Memory ..................................................................................................................1-7 Table 1-9. Sy stem Input/Output Addresses (100- 3FF)......................................................................... 1-8 Table 1-10. DMA Channels ................................................................................................................. 1-8 Table 1-11. Om niBook 900 Specifications ........................................................................................ .. 1-9 Table 1-12. Om niBook 900 Accessories ........................................................................................... .1 -1 1 Table 1-13. F unctional Structure ............................................................................................... ......... 1-14 Table 2-1. Rem oval Cross-Reference...................................................................................................2-1 Table 2-2. Required Equipm ent ...........................................................................................................2-2 Table 2-3. Recom mended Screw Torques........................................................................................... .2 -2 Table 2-4. RAM Board Replacem ent Part Numbers ............................................................................ 2-5 Table 2-5. Hard Disk Drive Replacem ent P art Numbers ..................................................................... 2-6 Table 2-6. Replacing Sm all Parts (User-Replaceable) .........................................................................2-9 Table 2-7. Display Component Com patibility....................................................................................2 -1 0 Table 2-8. Rem oving Display Com ponents ....................................................................................... 2- 27 Table 3-1. Scope of Diagnostic Tools ........................................................................................... ....... 3-4 Table 3-2. Troubleshooting Suggestions ..............................................................................................3-5 Table 3-3. Om niBook Diagnostic Error Codes .................................................................................. 3-1 4
HP Om niBook 900 v Table 3-4. POST Terminal- Error Beep Codes .................................................................................. 3-18 Table 3-5. POST Messages ............................................................................................................... 3-18 Table 3-6. BI OS Setup Menus and Parameters ................................................................................. 3-24 Table 4-1. Om niBook Replaceable Parts ............................................................................................ 4-3 Table 4-2. Assem bly-Com ponent Breakdown..................................................................................... 4-7 Table 4-3. Accessory Replaceable P arts......................................................................................... ..... 4-7 Table 4-4. Part Number Reference ............................................................................................... ....... 4-9 Table 5-1. Om niBook 900 LCD Guidelines (TFT) ............................................................................. 5-3 Table 5-2. Obsolete Repair Parts ......................................................................................................... 5-5
vi HP Om niBook 900 Introduction This service m anual provides reference inform ation for the HP OmniBook 900. It is intended to be used by HP-authorized serv ice personnel in the installation, servicing, and repair of these products. The manual is designed to be self- contained. It is intended that y ou can follow this manual without having equipm ent available. The following table lists additional places where y ou can get supplementary information about OmniBook products. Sources of OmniBook Information Source Address or Number Comments HP E xte rn al W e b ht tp :/ /www. hp .c o m/ om ni book (h tt p: // www.e ur ope.hp.com/omnibook, European mirror) No usage restriction. HP US Reseller W eb http://partner.americas.hp.com Restricted to Authorized Resellers only. HP Asia Pacific Channel Support Centre for DPSP Partners ht tp :/ /www. hp .c o m. au Re st ri ct ed t o D PSP Partners only. America Online Keyw ord: HP Call (800) 827-6364 for membership within the US. CompuServe GO HP Call (800) 524-3388 for membership within the US. HP Bulletin Board Service Refer to the latest Product Support Plan for non-US BBS numbers. HP Support Assist CD-RO M (800) 457-1762 US and Canada. (801) 431-1587 Outside US and Canada. Mic r o s of t W eb ht tp : // www.m i cr os o ft.com Information and updates for W indows operating systems.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-1 1 Product Information The HP OmniBook 900 provides desktop- quality performance and expandability in a highly portable form. I t uses high-perform ance component technologies that make it capable of serv ing as a desktop computer that y ou can conveniently take any where. Table 1-1. OmniBook 900 M odels OmniBook Product * CPU ** Display Hard Drive Floppy Drive CD-ROM Drive Standard RAM F1711 x Pentium II 300 MH z 12.1-inch SVGA TFT 4 GB (none) 1.44 MB (F1472A) None 32 MB F1712 x Pentium II 366 MH z 6 GB (F1707A) F1760 x Pentium II 400 MH z F1765 x 96 MB (F1457A) F1769 x B Pentium III 450 MH z 64 MB F1770 x B Pentium III 500 MH z 13.3-inch XGA T FT 12 GB (F1744B) This table lists only base product configurationsâcustom configurations are not included. * For the products listed: " x " suffix means "N", "NT", âNVâ, or âN Gâ for W indows NT 4.0 installed (marketing distinction only), or "W ", "W T", âW VââW Gâ, or âW Râ for W indows 95/98 installed (marketing distinction only) . ** Intel Mobile Pentium II or M obile Pentium III processor. B The OmniBook 900 Series has tw o classes of products with different internal designs, different software drivers, and different BIOSes. M odels marked with B have â900 Bâ after the serial number and are called 900B in this manualâother OmniBook 900 models listed in this table are called 900â in this manual, and they have no marking after the serial number.
1-2 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Table 1-2. Product Comparisons OmniBook 900 OmniBook 7150 OmniBook 4150 OmniBook 2100 Processor * Intel Pentium III (500 or 450 MH z), or Pentium II (300 to 400 MHz ). Pentium II (300 MH z). Pentium II (300 to 400 MHz ). Pentium II (233 to 300 MH z), or Pentium (233 or 200 MH z). Memory 64 or 32 MB R AM on motherboard. Expandable to 160 MB . 64 MB RAM in system slot. Expandable to 320 MB . 128 or 64 MB RAM in slot. Expandable to 256 MB . 32 MB RAM on motherboard. Expandable to 160, 192, or 288 MB. Display 13.3-inch TFT XG A display, or 12.1-inch TFT SVGA display. 14.1-inch TFT XG A display. 13.3- or 14.1-inch TFT XGA d is p la y. 13.3-inch TFT XG A display, or 12.1-inch TFT o r DSTN SVGA display. Video AGP video. 256-bit graphics controller with 4 or 2.5 MB internal v i deo RAM. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. AGP video. 64-bit graphics controller with 4 M B external v ideo RAM , 3D graphics acceleration. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. AGP or PCI local bus video. 256-bit graphics controller with 8, 4, or 2.5 MB internal v i deo RAM. Up to 16M colors (XGA). Zoomed Video enabled. PCI local bus video. 128-bit graphics controller with 2 M B internal video RAM . Up to 64K colors (XGA), 16M c olors (SVGA). Zoomed Video enabled. Operating Sy stem W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. W indows 95, W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0 preinstalled. Desktop Management Interface DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0 to 4.5. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 3.0 to 4.5. DM I 2.0. HP TopT ools 2.6 or 3.0. Power Management APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. APM 1.2. ACPI compliant. Power States On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. On, Standby, Suspend, Hibernate, Off. * Intel Mobile Pentium, M obile Pentium II, or Mobile Pentium III processor. This chapter describes ⢠F eatures and operation (below). ⢠Specifications (page 1-9). ⢠Internal design (page 1- 13).
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-3 Features and Operation The following three illustrations point out the main external features of the computer. They are followed by highlights of the com puterâs operation. For an internal, exploded view, see page 4- 2. Figure 1-1. OmniBook - Front View Figure 1-2. OmniBook - Side View Figure 1-3. OmniBook - Rear View Infrared port Audio jacks Microphone Keyboard status lights Power button Kensington lock slot Parallel port Pointing stick Serial port Touch pad Video out Docking port Click buttons (above and below the touch pad) PC Card slots PC Card eject buttons Latch PS/2 port USB port System-off button Speaker Battery External module bay connector AC adapter socket Main status lights Kensington lock slot Hard disk drive
1-4 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Turning the Omni Book On and Off ⢠On. Press the blue power button to turn on the OmniBook. ⢠Standby. The display turns off automatically if the com puter is inactive for about 2 minutes. ⢠Suspend. Click Start, Suspend (Windows 95) or Start, Shut Down, Standby (Windows 98 or 2000), or press the blue power button briefly (about 1 second) to suspend activity when the OmniBook is on. When y ou turn on the computer, it resumes y our previous work session. Closing the lid (for m o re than 2 seconds) also suspends the computer. ⢠Hibernate. P ress F n F12. This is like Off, except that y our current work session is first saved to disk. When you turn on the com puter, it reboots and restores your previous session. ⢠Off . Click Start, Shut Down. I f the OmniBook does not respond, press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. When y ou turn on the computer, it reboots. Unsaved data is lost. Table 1-3. Ac tivating Power M odes Power Mode To Enter Mode To Turn B ack On Standby Reduced-power/stopped state. D isplay is off. Everything is in a reduced-pow er state. Network devices are maintained. Y our current work session continues at turn-on (any key or pointer action). Press Fn S (not W indows 98 or 2000) âorâ allow time-out. Press any key or move a pointing device to display the current session ("Instant-On"). Suspend Low-pow er/stopped state. Lower power state than Standby. Every thing is off or in a low-pow er state. Network dev ices are off. Your prev ious work session resumes at turn-on. For plug-and-play operating systems, netw ork connections resume at turn-on. Press blue power button for about 1 second âorâ click Start, Shut Down, Standby (W indows 98 or 2000) âorâ click Start, Suspend (W indows 95) âorâ allow time-out. Press blue power button to display the current session ("Instant-On"). Hibernate No-power/stopped state. Session is sav ed on the hard disk. Everything is shut dow n. Computer reboots at turn-on and restores previous session and network connections (if plug-and-play ). Press Fn F12 âorâ allow time-out. Press blue power button to restart and restore the previous session. Off No-power/stopped state. Ev erything is shut dow n (battery continues charging if ac adapter is connected). Computer reboots at turn-on and restores network connections. Click Start, Shut Down âorâ Press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. Press blue power button to restart with a new session.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-5 Checking the Status of the OmniBook The main OmniBook status lights, located at the front- right edge of the display bezel at the top of the display, indicate power status and driv e activity. (These lights are on the motherboard.) Table 1-4. M ain Status Lights (Motherboard) Meaning Power mode Steady green light: OmniBook is running (On mode). Steady orange light: OmniBook is suspended (Suspend or Standby mode). No light: OmniBook is off (Off or Hibernate mode). Green and orange lights: OmniBook failed w hen resuming, requires reset. Drive access Green light: OmniBook is accessing the hard disk driv e or a drive in the ex ternal module bay. Charging Steady green light: AC adapter is connected, battery is full or stopped charging. Blinking green light: AC adapter is connected, battery is charging. No light: AC adapter is not connected or battery is not present. The keyboard status lights, located abov e the keyboard, indicate the states of the keyboard locks. (These lights are on the motherboard.) Table 1-5. Keyboard Status Lights (Motherboard) Meaning Caps Lock Caps Lock is active. Key pad Lock The embedded keypad is activ e (Fn F8 or Fn held down). Num Lock must also be on for the numeric keysâotherwise, cursor control is activ e. Num Lock Num Lock is active. Key pad Lock must also be on to use the embedded keypad. Scroll Lock Scroll Lock is active. In addition, the battery module has five lights that indicate its charge level. To view the lights, you have to rem ove the battery and press the pad on the back next to the connector. The number of lights that turn on indicates the charge.
1-6 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Using Fn Hot Key s The Fn key combined with another key is a hot keyâa shortcut key sequence for v arious sy stem controls. F or an external key board, CTRL AL T is normally equivalent t o the F n key. Table 1-6. Fn Hot Keys Hot Key Effect Fn F1 Decreases the displayâs brightness. Fn F2 Increases the displayâs brightness. Fn F5 Switches among the built-in display , an external display, and simultaneous displays. Fn F7 Toggles audio output on and off (mute). Fn F8 Toggles the embedded key pad on and off. Does not affect an external key board. If Num Lock is on, then the numeric functions are activeâotherw i se, cursor control is active. Fn F12 Enters Hibernate mode. Fn R Enters Suspend mode. Not supported under W indows 2000. Fn S Enters Standby mode (W indows 95, W indows NT ) or Suspend mode (W indows 98). Not supported under W indows 2000. Fn ScrLk Toggles Scroll Lock on and off. Fn UP ARROW Fn DOW N ARROW Increases and decreases the sound volume. Resetting the OmniBook 1. Use a pen or a straightened paper clip to push the system- off button on the left side of the OmniBook. (The switch is on the m otherboard.) âorâ Press and hold the blue power button until the display shuts down. (The switch is on the motherboard.) 2. After the computer shuts down, press the blue power button to turn it back on. Note The Om niBook can boot f rom a CD if all these conditions are true: ⢠You have an OmniBook CD-ROM or DVD dr ive installed in the external m odule bay, ⢠You have a bootable CD in the drive, such as the Om niBook Recovery CD, and ⢠You select the CD-ROM or DVD dr ive as the boot device. You can do this during r eboot by pressing ESC to c ancel the Om niBook s creen, then ESC to display the boot-device m enu for a one-tim e selection.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-7 Sy stem Resources The tables in this section show ty pical resource usage as set up by the Om niBook BIOS. Plug-and- play operating sy stems, drivers, and BI OS Setup settings may change som e of the entries. To see other, non-default possibilities, use the BIOS Setup utility (see page 3-24), which lists port and audio device configurations in the Sy stem Devices m enu. Table 1-7. System Interrupts 0 System timer 1 Keyboard 2 Cascade IRQ 9 3 Free (or COM 2 infrared port, if enabled) 4 COM 1 (serial port) 5 Audio 6 Floppy drive 7 LPT1 (ECP parallel port) 8 Real-time clock 9 Free (OmniBook 900B) Video (OmniBook 900â ) 10 USB and CardBus - assigned by W i ndows driver Video Controller (OmniBook 900B) 11 Free 12 Pointing device 13 Numeric data processor 14 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 15 Internal CD-ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number. Table 1-8. System M emory 00000 - 9FFFF System memory A0000 - BFFFF Video C0000 - CBFFF C0000 - CFFFF Video BIOS (OmniBook 900â ) Video BIOS (OmniBook 900B) CC000 - DBFFF* D0000 - DBFFF* Free** (OmniBook 900â ) Free** (OmniBook 900B) DC000*- FFFFF System BIOS * Approx imate boundary. ** Valid uses for memory addresses CC000-DBFFF or D0000-DBFFF: Upper memory blocks (UM Bs). PC card memory w indows. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
1-8 Product Inf orm ation HP OmniBook 900 Table 1-9. System Input/Output A ddresses (100-3FF) 120-127 Audio (OmniBook 900â only ) 170-177 Internal CD -ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) 1F0-1F7 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 220-22F Audio 376 Internal CD-ROM drive (secondary IDE controller) 378-37F LPT1 (printer port) 388-38B Audio 3B0-3BB Video adapter 3C0-3DF Video adapter 3E0-3E1 PCM CIA controller 3F0-3F5 Floppy controller 3F6 Internal hard disk (primary IDE controller) 3F7 Floppy controller 3F8-3FF C OM 1 (serial port) â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number. Table 1-10. DM A Channels 0 Sound record (OmniBook 900â only) Free (OmniBook 900B only) 1 Sound playback 2 Floppy drive 3 LPT1 (ECP parallel port) 4 Cascade 5 Free 6 Free 7 Free â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-9 Specifications The following tables list descriptions for the OmniBook and its accessories. Table 1-11. OmniBook 900 Specif ications Phy sical Attributes Models with 12-inch display Notebook size: 11.8 x 8.8 x 1.26 in (30.0 x 22.5 x 3.2 cm). Notebook weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg). Models with 13-inch display Notebook size: 11.9 x 9.3 x 1.4 in (30.4 x 23.7 x 3.5 cm). Notebook weight: 4.3 lb (1.9 kg). Processor and Bus Ar chitecture 500-MH z or 450-M Hz Intel M obile Pentium III processor, or |400-MH z, 366-M Hz or 300-M Hz Intel Mobile Pentium II Performance Enhanced (PE) processor. 1.6-V core, 2.5-V external, low -power processor. 32-KB (16-KB instruction, 16-KB data) L1 cache. 256-KB four-way set-associative L2 cache. 32-bit PCI bus. Graphics 13.3-inch diagonal XGA (1024 x 768) TFT display or 12.1-inch diagonal SVG A (800 x 600) T FT display. Zoomed Video support for lower PC Card slot. OmniBook 900â : 256-bit NeoM agic MagicG raph graphics accelerator with 2.5-M B video RAM , 1x AG P graphics capability. OmniBook 900B: ATI M obility-M graphics accelerator w ith 4-MB v ideo RAM , 2x AG P graphics capability. Power Rechargeable 6-cell lithium ion battery w i th LED charge-level gauge (11.1 Vdc). Battery life: up to 3-4 hours typical (v aries with type of usage and model). Fast battery recharge: 80% in 1 hour, 100% in 1.5-2 hours. Low-battery warning. Suspend/resume capability. 60-watt ac adapter: 100 to 240 Vac (50 to 60 Hz ) input, 19 Vdc, 3.16 A output. Mass Storage 12-GB, 6-GB or 4-G B removable hard drive. 1.44-MB floppy drive module for use in ex ternal module bay. Optional CD-RO M driv e module. LS-120 SuperDisk drive module. DVD drive module. RAM OmniBook 900â : 32-MB RAM built in. One slot for RAM expansion up to 160 M B. 66-MH z RAM bus. OmniBook 900B: 64-MB RAM built in. One slot for RAM expansion up to 192 M B. 100-MH z RAM bus. Audio Sy stem 16-bit Sound Blaster Pro-compatible stereo sound. Built-in speaker. 3D-enhanced PCI bus audio w ith Zoomed Video support. Built-in microphone. Line-in, headphone-out, and microphone-in. Key board and Pointing Device 87/88-key touch-type Q W ERTY key board with 101/102 key emulation. Embedded numeric keypad. 12 function (Fn) keys. Tw o pointing devices: pointing stick (T rackPoint technology licensed from IBM ) and touch pad.
1-10 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Input/Output FDD/IDE interface for ex ternal module bay. Universal serial bus (USB). 9-pin, 115,200-bps serial (16550 UART). 25-pin bi-directional ECP/EPP parallel. Video -out (Resolution: up to 1280Ã1024Ã256 colors, or up to 1600Ã1200Ã64K colors for Omnibook 900B. Refresh rate: 60 to 85 Hz.) PS/2 keyboard/mouse. 4-Mbps IrD A-compliant infrared port. Expandability One Ty pe III or two T ype II 16-/32-bit PC Card slots (3.3- and 5-V support). CardBus enabled. External plug-in module bay for accessory modules. Optional port replicator, mini dock, and docking system. Software Microsoft W i ndows 95/W indows 98, or W indows NT 4.0. W indows 95/W indows 98-compatible Plug-and-Play. W indows NT 4.0 and PC Card Plug-and-Play . Advanced Pow er Management (APM ). DMI w ith HP TopTools. Adobe Acrobat Reader. Agaté Tioman for HP (Hot Sw ap). DiagTools. VirusScan. Online Reference Guide . OmniBook Recovery CD included. Centralized w orldwide BIOS and driver update service Security Features User and administrator passwords. System, hard drive, and docking passw ords. PC identification displayed at boot. DM I-accessible electronic serial number. Kensington MicroSav er lock slot. Environmental Limits Operating temperature: 5 to 35 °C (41 to 95 °F). Operating humidity: 20 to 90 percent RH (5 to 35 °C). Storage temperature: â20 to 50 °C (â4 to 122 °F). Major ICs OmniBook 900â : CPU: Intel Mobile Pentium II Performance Enhanced (PE) processor. South Bridge: PIIX4E. Video: NeoM agic MagicG raph NM 2200 (NM G5). Audio: NeoM agic MagicG raph NM 2200 (NM G5) and NeoM agic Audio NMA2. CardBus: TI PCI 1225. Keyboard controller: National PC87570. Super I/O: SM C 769. OmniBook 900B: CPU: Intel Mobile Pentium III processor. South Bridge: PIIX4M . Video: ATI M obility-M. Audio: ESS ES1978 Maestro-2E and ESS ES1921. CardBus: TI PCI 1225. Keyboard controller: National PC87570. Super I/O: SM C 869. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1-11 Table 1-12. O mniBook 900 A ccessories Accessory Description OmniBook Compatibility 900B 900â 4150 2100/7100 Memory F1456A 32-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1457A 64-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1622A 128-MB SDRAM (66 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠F1456B 32-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1457B 64-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1622B 128-MB SDRAM (100 MHz) ex pansion module â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Hard Drives F1707A 6-GB internal hard disk driv e ⢠F1744B 12-GB internal hard disk driv e ⢠Modules F1465A DVD drive module (w ith DVD player card) â¢â¢ ⢠F1470A LS-120 SuperDisk driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1472A Floppy driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1473A Floppy driv e cable for ex ternal use â¢â¢ ⢠F1474A 24X CD-RO M driv e module â¢â¢ ⢠F1653A/B DVD drive module â¢â¢ ⢠F1704A Ex ternal module bay â¢â¢ F1746A/B 10/12-GB second hard drive module â¢â¢ Power Options F1454A 60-w att ac adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1455A 75-w att auto/airline power adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1705A Lithium-ion battery â¢â¢ F1706A Battery charger (ex ternal) â¢â¢ 8120-6312 8120-6313 8120-6314 8120-6316 8120-6317 8120-8367 8120-8373 8120-8452 8120-8699 Replacement power cord (Australia) Replacement power cord (U .S., Canada, Taiw an) Replacement power cord (Europe) Replacement power cord (Japan) Replacement power cord (India, South Africa) Replacement power cord (Argentina) Replacement power cord (Peopleâs R epublic of China) Replacement power cord (C hile) Replacement power cord (H ong Kong, Singapore, U.K.) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Ada pt er s F1469A PS/2 Y adapter â¢â¢ ⢠⢠PC Cards F1623A 10/100-M bps Ethernet 56-Kbps modem PC Card by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1625A 56-Kbps global modem PC Card by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1626A 10/100-M bps Ethernet PC Card by 3C om â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1627A 56-Kbps US modem PC C ard by Xircom â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1643A Realport 10/100-M bps Ethernet 56-Kbps modem PC Card by X i rcom â¢â¢ ⢠â¢
1-12 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Accessory Description OmniBook Compatibility 900B 900â 4150 2100/7100 F1761B M PEG DVD decoder PC Card â¢â¢ ⢠TCM 3C589 10-Mbps Ethernet PC Card by 3Com â¢â¢ ⢠⢠Docks F1451A Port replicator (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1452A M ini dock (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1453A M onitor stand (short) for F1451A and F1452A â¢â¢ ⢠⢠F1468A Docking module bay adapter â¢â¢ ⢠F1477A Docking sy stem and monitor stand (tall) (tray: page 4-7) â¢â¢ ⢠⢠â M odels called 900â in this manual have no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Product Inf orm ation 1- 13 Internal Design The motherboard PCA is the central component of the Om niBook design. It play s a role in virtually all system functions. The CP U module and m ost other subsystems connect to the m otherboard. The following figure shows the connections among the replaceable electrical modules. As a substitute for a functional block diagram, see the table on page 1- 14 âit lists the roles that the replaceable modules play in each of the functional subsystems. PCMCIA Cards CPU Module Hard Disk Drive Battery Keyboard (pointing stick) RAM Board LCD Module To p C a s e (microphone) Motherboard PCA BIOS IC External Module Bay Fan Speaker T ouch Pad PCMCIA Socket Figure 1-4. Replaceable Module Diagram The pow er switch and lid switch are contained on the motherboard. All external connections are made to the motherboard.
1-14 Product Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Table 1-13. Functional Structure Bootup CPU module Motherboard BIOS IC Floppy disk module Hard disk drive Main processor. Primary sy stem circuitry. Code for basic system functions. First source of disk-based startup code. Second source of disk-based startup code. Processor CPU module Motherboard Main processor, numeric data processor, L1 and L2 cache. Primary sy stem circuitry. Memory Motherboard RAM board First 32 MB of R AM, v ideo RAM. Changeable RAM . Power Battery Motherboard AC adapter Power storage. AC adapter socket, power sw itch, lid switch, system-off sw itch, power supply, pow er control circuitry. AC-to-DC converter. Display Motherboard LCD module Display/graphics controller, PCM CIA/zoomed video controller, video RAM , power conv erter for backlight. Display output, backlight. Hard disk Motherboard Hard disk drive Hard disk controller. Hard disk mechanism. Floppy drive Motherboard Floppy disk module Floppy disk controller. Floppy disk mechanism. Key board Motherboard BIOS IC Keyboard Keyboard controller. Keyboard BIOS. Key sw itches. Pointer Motherboard BIOS IC Keyboard Top case Keyboard controller, pointing stick controller (PS/2 output). Keyboard BIOS. Pointing stick sensor. Touch pad sensor, controller (PS/2 output). Audio Motherboard Speaker Audio controller, audio decoder, speaker amplifier, headphone amplifier, zoomed video controller, ex ternal audio jacks, microphone. Speaker (mixed left and right channels). Status Motherboard Keyboard controller, main LEDs, keyboard LED s. Serial Motherboard I/O controller, serial connector. Parallel Motherboard I/O controller, parallel connector. Infrared Motherboard I/O controller, infrared transmitter/receiver. PS/2 port Motherboard Keyboard controller, PS/2 processor, PS/2 connector. USB Motherboard Bus controller (South Bridge), USB connector. Docking port Motherboard Docking logic, docking connector. PCMCIA Motherboard PCM CIA socket PCMCIA controller. PCM CIA connectors.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-1 2 Removal and Replacement This chapter tells you how to remov e and replace the following com ponents and assemblies. The ones marked by ⢠are user-replaceable. Table 2-1. Remov al Cross-Reference ⢠Battery (page 2-3) Bezel, display (page 2-27) ⢠Bum per, display (page 2-9) Cable, display flex (page 2-27) Cable, display power (page 2-27) ⢠Cap, pointing stick (page 2- 9) Case, bottom (page 2-20) Case, display (page 2-27) ⢠Ca se, HDD kit ( page 2- 6) Case, top (page 2- 18) ⢠Cov er, display screw (page 2- 9) ⢠Cov er, hinge (page 2-9) ⢠Cov er, keyboard screw (page 2-9) CPU module (page 2- 14) ⢠Door , HDD (page 2- 9) Door, m odule bay connector (table starting on page 2-28) ⢠Driv e, hard disk (page 2-6) F an (table starting on page 2-28) ⢠F oot (page 2-9) Heatsink (table starting on page 2- 28) Hinge, display (page 2-27) I C , BIOS (page 2- 24) I nsulator, bottom case (table starting on page 2-28) K eyboard (page 2-12) L atch, display (page 2-27) L CD module (page 2-10) L ens, infrared (table starting on page 2-28) Ov erlay, serial num ber (page 2-23) Pads, thermal (table starting on page 2- 28) PCA, motherboard (page 2- 20) Socket, PCMCIA (table starting on page 2-28) Speaker (table starting on page 2- 28) Support, hinge left (table starting on page 2- 28) Support, hinge right (table starting on page 2-28) Support, touch- pad (page 2-28) Touch pad (page 2- 28) Caution Alway s provide proper grounding when perf orm ing repairs. W ithout proper grounding, an electros tatic dischar ge may damage the Om niBook and its com ponents.
2-2 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Notes Reassem bly steps are the reverse of the rem oval steps. Reas sem bly notes are included at the end of each s ection below. Sy mbols like this throughout this chapter show approxim ate full-s ize screw outlines. You can use them to verify the sizes of scr ews before you install them. Ins talling a wrong-size screw can dam age the unit. (The s y mbol at the left repres ents an M2.5Ã5m m T-head s crew.) Table 2-2. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriv er (#1), preferably magnetized. ⢠Fine Phillips screwdriv er (#0). ⢠4-mm thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch). ⢠Small plastic blade for prying, such as an angled plastic tw eezers. ⢠Pointed knife or probe. ⢠Small flat-blade screwdriv er. ⢠4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade screwdriv er. ⢠IC (PLCC) remov al tool (similar to OK Industries EX -5). Table 2-3. Recommended Screw T orques Screw Thread Size Torque (kgfâ¢cm) Torque (lbfâ¢in) M1.4 0.9 â 1.2 0.8 â 1.0 M2 1.5 â 2.0 1.3 â 1.7 M2.5 (4â5 mm long) except those in nex t line 3.0 â 3.5 2.6 â 3.0 M2.5 (4â5 mm long) for HDD case, PCMCIA sock e t 2.0 â 2.5 1.7 â 2.2 M2.5 (8 mm long) 3.5 â 4.0 3.0 â 3.4 M3 except those in nex t line 4.0 â 4.5 3.4 â 3.9 M3 for HDD case 2.0 â 2.5 1.7 â 2.2
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-3 Remov ing the Battery (User-Replaceable) Required Equipment ⢠None. Removal Procedure 1. U nplug the ac adapter, if present. 2. Slide the batteryâs front panel to the right. 3. P ull the battery out of the bay . Figure 2-1. Removing the Battery
2-4 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Reassembly Notes ⢠If y ou are installing a new battery, first snap the correct panel onto the front of the battery . For a 12-inch display , use the flat battery panelâfor a 13-inch display , use the curved battery panel. To remove a panel, slide it open, then tw ist the upper edge of the panel off the battery. Figure 2-2. Installing a Battery Panel ⢠Make sure the front panel of the battery is open before inserting the battery.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-5 Remov ing a RA M Board (User-Replaceable) Table 2-4. RAM Board Replacement Part Numbers Description Part Number Exchange OmniBook Part Number 900B 900â RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7950 â¢â¢ RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7951 F1660-69103 â¢â¢ RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7952 F1660-69104 â¢â¢ Caution Handle the RAM board only by its edges and pr ovide proper grounding. Other wise, y ou m ay damage the boar d due to electrostatic discharge. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch), then free the snap at the center of the back edge. 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Release the two latches at the sides of the RAM board, so the free edge of the board pops up. 7. P ull the board out of the connector.
2-6 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Figure 2-3. Removing a RA M Board Reassembly Notes ⢠Insert the RAM board into the connector at about a 30° angle until it is fully inserted. Then press down at both sides until both latches snap closed. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. Remov ing the Hard Disk Drive (User-Replaceable) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad hard dis k drive to HP, des cribe the symptom s on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Table 2-5. Hard Disk Drive Replacement Part Numbers Description Part Number Exchange OmniBook Part Number 900B 900â Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3409 F1711-69100 ⢠Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 8.45mm, Toshiba) 0950-3410 F1386-69102 ⢠Drive, hard disk (6.0G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3710 F1711-69106 ⢠Drive, hard disk (6.4G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3442 F1711-69101 ⢠Drive, hard disk (12G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * 0950-3711 F1660-69105 ⢠* These hard drives are the preferred driv es at the time of publication. Drives shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the latest version of service note HDD-01. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900 B after the serial number. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Keyboard-screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm (2) RAM board
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-7 Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Turn the unit bottom side up and remove the hard drive screw from the bottom case. 3. Open the hard drive door, then pull out the hard drive by its plastic tab. Figure 2-4. Removing the Hard Disk Drive 4. If you are installing a new hard driv e that does not have a cover, you can rem ove the cover parts from the old hard driv e: ⢠Remove the two screws from the case, then lift the plastic tab and remove the plastic cover and metal shield from the hard disk drive. ⢠Carefully pry the connector off the end of the hard disk driv e. Work alternately at each end so that the connector slides off evenly . Figure 2-5. Installing a Hard Drive in the Cov er Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 3Ã4mm HDD cover k it Hard disk drive Small tabs on connector face down in this v iew.
2-8 Rem oval and Replacem ent HP OmniBook 900 Reassembly Notes Caution Do not cover the vent hole in the top sur face of the hard drive. If you cover the hole, the hard drive could fail pr ematur ely . ⢠The small plastic tabs on the connector face the top of the driv e, and the metal shield fits behind the tabs. Important ⢠If you are installing a new hard drive, create a Hibernate par tition on the drive before loading any softwareâs ee the steps below. Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if the hard disk drive has been dam aged by excessive press ure, check whether you must replace additional parts: ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, and if the hard disk slot has a m etal brack et acr oss the top of the s lot, replace jus t the hard disk . ⢠If the bottom case has such a pad in the hard dis k slot, but ther e is no m etal brack et across the top of the slot, you should also replace the top cas e and install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k s lot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should also replace the top c ase, bottom case, and ins tall a HDD bracket above the hard disk slot. (Servic e note 900-14.) Creating a Hibernate Partition 1. Connect an external module bay and CD- ROM drive to the Om niBook. I f y ou do not have an Om niBook CD-ROM m odule or external module bay , you must attach another type of CD- ROM drive. 2. P lug in the ac adapter. 3. Insert the Recovery CD in the CD -ROM drive. 4. Shut down and restart the computerâwhen y ou see the HP logo, press ESC two times. 5. Select the CD-ROM drive as the boot device. 6. When the Recovery CD dialog box appears, follow the display ed instructions. A ccept the recomm ended partition size. If y ou install the factory software, the recovery process can take up to 10 minutes. I f y ou want to create the Hibernate partition without installing the factory software, click Advanced and select the option to not install the operating sy stem. I f you intend to install Windows NT, y ou should choose the FAT16 option or the Hibernate- only option. Note: If, instead, y ou see an MS-DOS menu of options, select âRecov er...â to create the Hibernate partition and install the factory software, which can take up to 60 m inutes. O r select âCreate Hibernate Pa rtitionâ to not install the software. Accept the recomm ended partition size. 7. When prompted to reboot the com puter, press CTRL ALT DEL and follow any display ed instructions.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-9 Replacing Small Parts (User-Replaceable) The following small parts are user- replaceable. Table 2-6. Replacing Small Part s (User-Replaceable) Part Replacement Procedure Battery panel Remove the battery, then tw ist the upper edge of the panel off the battery. Bumper, display (upper) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the bumper and pry it loose. To replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the bumper into the recess. Cap, pointing stick Pull the cap off the pointing stick. Cover, display screw (lower) Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the cover and pry it loose. T o replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the cov er into the recess. Cover, hinge Put your finger above the F8 key and slide the keyboard-screw cov er to the left about 3 mm (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. Open the display fully. Push in at the bottom- front of the cover to unsnap it from the top case. Cover, key board screw Put your finger above the F8 key and slide the keyboard-screw cov er to the left about 3 mm (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. Door, hard disk Open the door about 45° and flex the door until one side tab releases. Foot Insert a small flat-blade screwdriv er under the foot and pry it loose. To replace, firmly press the adhesive side of the foot into the recess.
2-10 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the LCD Module (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad LCD m odule to HP, descr ibe the symptoms on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Table 2-7. Display Component Compatibility LCD Ty p e* 12" IBM 12" Mi tsubi shi 13" LG 13" Unipac OmniBook Model 900â /900B 900â /900B 900B 900B Beze l, display F1711-60915 F1770-60906 Cable, L CD fl ex F1711-60918 F1769-60913 F1770-60923 F1770-60910 Cable, power F1711-60919 F1770-60912 Case, display F1711-60978 F1711-60971 F1770-60907 Latch, display F1711-60979 F1770-60901 Hinge, cover F1770-60902 Hinge, display (pair) F1711-60938 F1770-60908 LCD Module F1711-69039 F1711-69072 F1770-69021 F1770-69020 Support, left hinge F1711-60910 F1770-60914 Support, right hinge F1711-60911 F1770-60915 * To identif y t he type of LCD m odule, see t he mark i ng pri nt ed on the LCD flex cable where it plugs into the baseâit m ay be on the top or bot tom of the cable. â Models called 900â in thi s manual have no m arking i n t he serial num ber, whereas m odel s called 900B have 900 B after t he serial num ber. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Small flat- b lade screwdriver. ⢠Pointed knife or probe. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. O n the display bezel, rem ove the two upper bumpers and two lower screw cov ers (using a pointed knife or probe), then remov e the four screws. 3. A long the top of the display , pull the bezel upward, toward the edge of the case, until the snaps release. 4. Starting at the top corners, repeat along the left and right sides, pulling outward to release the left and right edges. 5. Lift the top of the bezel away from the case about 7 cm (3 inches). The snaps along the bottom of the bezel should release. 6. On the edge of the LCD module, unplug the L CD power wires from the power cable.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-11 7. For a 12-inch display , remove the L CD module. a. Remove the four screws holding the L CD module. b. Lift up the right edge of the L CD module about 90° . c. Using a small flat-blade screwdriver, insert the tip under the narrow end of the flex cable connectorânot the wide endâand twist the screwdriver to release the connector from the LCD m odule. 8. For a 13-inch display , remove the L CD module. a. Close, but donât latch the display; then lift off the display case. b. Loosen and then pull the flex cable out of the connector. c. Remove four screws, two each, on the right and left edges of the L CD module. Figure 2-6. Removing the LCD M odule Bumper (oval) Screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 3Ã4mm LCD flex cable LCD module Display case Power cable Bezel Note : 12-inch display shown. For a 13-inch display, the flex cable and mountings differ.
2-12 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Reassembly Notes ⢠For the 12-inch display , make sure the L CD module and flex cable have sm all foam pads present to ensure good connections: î Two pads on the back of the L CD module on the internal connections near the top- left and bottom- left corners. If a pad is m issing, replace the LCD module. î One pad on the LCD flex cable behind the connector that plugs into the L C D module. I f the pad is missing, replace the flex cable. ⢠For the 13-inch display , make sure the pow er wire is return to its original position. Where the wire passes around the hinge cover opening, it tucks behind the L CD module. Remov ing the Keyboard (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Probe or tweezers. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch). If necessary , free the snap at the center of the back edge near the F8 key . 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Release the pointing stick flex cable from the motherboard. 7. Release the keyboard flex cable from the m otherboard, then remove the key board.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-13 Figure 2-7. Removing the Keyboard Reassembly Notes ⢠To connect the flex cables, lay the keyboard upside- down on the front section of the top case. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. Keyboard Keyboard-screw cover Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Keyboard flex cable Pointing stick flex cable
2-14 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the CPU Module (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Small plastic blade for pry ing, such as an angled plastic tweezers (OmniBook 900â only). ⢠Small flat- blade screwdriver: 4.0-4.5 m m blade (Om n iBook 900B only ). Removal Procedure Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Remove the key board (page 2-12)âbut y ou donât have to release the flex cables. 3. Remove the eight screws (Om niBook 900â ) or six screws and springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Caution Do not spin the fan blade with your finger. Pressur e on the fan blade can dam age the bearings . Caution: O m ni Book 900â Follow these precautions to pr event damage to the CPU c onnector: ⢠Use only a non-metallic tool f or releasing the CPU m odule. A m etal tool m ay damage the mother board. ⢠Do not raise the f ront end or the CPU m odule higher than the back end during rem oval. To reins tall the CPU assem bly, see the precautions under âR eassem bly Notes.â 4. For an OmniBook 900â , to release the CP U module, at the side of the CPU module near the back-right corner, pry up the corner of the CP U module about 1- 2 mm. Then pry up the back-left corner. Lift off the CPU m odule. Pry up at these tw o places.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-15 Caution: O m ni Book 900B Follow these precautions to pr event damage to the CPU c onnector: ⢠Use only a 4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade s crewdriver to releas e the CPU. ⢠Use only enough force to lock the CPU m odule. The CPU connec tor m ay be damaged if too muc h forc e is used. To reins tall the CPU assem bly, see the precautions under âR eassem bly Notes.â 5. For the OmniBook 900B , insert the flat-blade screwdriver into the release slot of the CPU socket, and then turn the screwdriver counter-clockwise (approxim ately 10 degrees) until the CPU module is free. Figure 2-8. Removing the CPU Module Reassembly Notes Caution: O m ni Book 900â Follow these precautions while installing the CPU m odule to prevent dam age to the CPU connector: ⢠Place the CPU m odule on the connector c arefully. Use the screw holes as a guide. ⢠Place your fingers on top of the CPU m odule above the lef t and right ends of the c onnector. Do not push at other locations . ⢠Press f irm ly at the left end while holding down the rightâuntil the left engages. T hen press down the right down while holding the left. ⢠Press f irm ly until the CPU module s eats in the connector ây ou should feel a s light click . Install or replac e therm al pads on the heatsink that are m issing or dam aged. Do not install scr ews in the middle ar ea of the heatsink . The only screws in the CPU area are at the four c orners of the CPU module. Heatsink (OmniBook 900â ) CPU module CPU connector Note: Do not put screws in these two holes. Screw, M 2Ã5mm (8) Heatsink (OmniBook 900B ) Screw, M 2Ã5mm (6) Spring (insert under heatpipe) Note: OmniBook 900â CPU module and motherboard shown. Details differ for OmniBook 900B.
2-16 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Caution: O m ni Book 900B Follow these precautions while installing the CPU m odule to prevent dam age to the CPU connector: ⢠Place the CPU m odule on the connector c arefully. Align the arrow on the upper right corner of the CPU module with the m atching arrow on the connec tor. ⢠Use only a 4.0-4.5 mm flat-blade s crewdriver to lock the CPU m odule. ⢠Use only enough force to lock the CPU m odule. The CPU connec tor m ay be damaged if too muc h forc e is used. Install or replac e therm al pads on the heatsink that are m issing or dam aged. Remov ing the Display A ssembly (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. Remove the key board (page 2-12). 3. Open the display fully and rem ove the covers from the display hinges. P ush in at the bottom-front of the covers. 4. Unplug the display power wires from the motherboard near the right hinge. F ree the wires from the notch in the top case. 5. Remove the two screws from the end of the LCD flex cable and unplug the cable from the motherboard. 6. Close the display and turn over the com puter. 7. Remove the two screws from the back corners of the bottom case. 8. Open the display about 90°, then lift if off.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-17 Figure 2-9. Removing the Display A ssembly Reassembly Notes ⢠F or a 12-inch display , the flex cable wraps around the post only about 1/2 turn. ⢠F or a 12- or 13-inch display , insert the display power wires into the notch in the top case before installing the hinge cover. Hinge covers (2) Display pow er cable Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Display flex cable Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm
2-18 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing the Top Case (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove these additional assem blies: ⢠Hard disk drive (page 2- 6) ⢠Key board (page 2-12). ⢠Display assem bly (page 2-16). 3. Remove the eight screws (Om niBook 900â ) or six screws and two springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Caution Do not spin the fan blade with your finger. Pressur e on the fan blade can dam age the bearings . 4. Unplug the microphone cable from the m otherboard near the back. 5. Unplug the touch pad flex cable from the motherboard near the front. 6. On the bottom of the unit, remove the fiv e screws (12- inch display) or six screw s (13-inch display) from the front half of the case. 7. On the top of the unit, remove the three screws along the back of the top case. 8. Remove the six screws (12-inch display ) or five screws (13-inch display ) holding the top case to the motherboard and bottom case. 9. Near the docking connector, press down on the inner edge of the top case and lift the back edge until two snaps release in that area. 10. Near the right hinge area, push the top case toward the rear and lift the back edge until the top case releases from the right hinge support. 11. Hold the front of the bottom case with y our thumbs. Lift the back of the top case about 5 m m (2 inches), then pull it forward with your fingers. Pull and work the top case until the middle snap releases. The left hinge support comes off with the top case. The right hinge support stay s in the bottom case.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-19 Figure 2-10. Removing the Top Case Reassembly Notes Note: Installing a New Top Case ⢠Trans fer the f ollowing items f rom the old top case to the new one: Touc h pad and support. Left hinge suppor t. ⢠Press down on the touch pad s upport plate while sliding it into place. Mak e sure the suppor t is held down at its left and right edges. Chec k the ac tion of the clic k buttons bef ore installing the top ca se. ⢠Engage the tab at the front of the top case, then lower the top case onto the bottom case. ⢠It m ay be easier to plug in the touch pad flex cable while y ou are lowering the top case onto the bottom caseârather than waiting until after the top case is fully installed. Top case Microphone cable Touch pad cable Heatsink Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm 13-inch display only Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm Screw, M 2Ã5mm 8-OmniBook 900 â , 6-OmniBook 900B Note: Do not put screws in these two holes. 12 inch display only Note: OmniBook 900â heatsink shown. For the OmniBook 900B, the heatsink and mounting differ. Note: On recent units, a HDD brack et is installed in this area.
2-20 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if the top case has been dam aged by excessive pres sure above the hard dis k s lot, check whether y ou m ust replace additional parts : ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, and if the hard disk slot has a m etal brack et acr oss the top of the s lot, replace jus t the top case. ⢠If the bottom case has such a pad in the hard dis k slot, but ther e is no m etal brack et across the top of the slot, you should also install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k s lot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should also replace the bottom cas e and install a HDD brack et above the hard disk slot. (Service note 900- 14.) Remov ing the Motherboard or Bottom Case (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Exchange Information W hen returning a bad m otherboard to HP, desc ribe the symptom s on a piece of paper and attach it to the partâdo not use tape. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠4-m m thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch). I f necessary, grind the sides of a standard driver. Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove these additional assem blies: ⢠Hard disk drive (page 2- 6). ⢠Key board (page 2-12). ⢠Display assem bly (page 2-16). ⢠CPU module (page 2- 14). ⢠Top case (page 2-18). 3. Remove the screw holding the right hinge support near the back-right corner, then lift out the support. 4. Remove the screw holding the front-left corner of the m otherboard. 5. Unplug the speaker wire from the front of the motherboard. 6. Unplug the fan wire from the left side of the motherboard. 7. R emove the two screws from the P CMCIA socket. 8. U nplug the PCMCIA socket flex cable from the motherboard and lift out the socket. 9. R emove the four hex standoffs in the CPU area.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-21 10. Lift the front of the m otherboard about 7 cm (3 inches), then slide the m otherboard forward until it comes out of the bottom case. Figure 2-11. Removing the M otherboard PCM CIA socket Motherboard Speaker cable Speaker Bottom case CPU support (OB 900B only) Infrared lens Fan cable Fan Hard drive door Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm Right hinge support Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm My lar insulator Standoff, M2
2-22 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Reassembly Notes Note: Installing a New Moth erboard ⢠If a RAM board is present, transf er it fr om the old m otherboar d to the new one: ⢠Reprogram the BIOS ICâsee the note below. ⢠Store the serial num ber and k eyboard lay out electr onically in the new m otherboar dâsee the steps below. Note: Installing a New Bottom Case ⢠Trans fer thes e parts fr om the old bottom cas e to the new one: HDD door and infrared lens. Module bay door. (If the door does not stic k to the cas e, the mother board will hold it.) PCMCIA doors, if present (see the f igure below). Speaker . (If the cover ing is not reusable, inst all a new speaker.) Fan. (Do not press or spin the f an blade with y our f inger.) My lar insulator ( inside the bottom c ase). CPU support (O mniBook 900B only). ⢠Install the original ser ial number label and a new overlayâsee the steps below if you have to mak e a new serial num ber label. ⢠When lowering the m otherboard into the bottom case, m ake sure the audio jack grounding tabs do not catch on the bottom case. ⢠Make sure the speaker and fan wires are not trapped under the m o therboard. Note If you installed a new motherboard with a new BIOS IC, the IC contains only enough basic program m ing to boot the Om niBook. Af ter installing the m otherboard, you must r eprogram the IC. Hewlett-Packar d prefers that y ou program the IC with the latest BIOS. You can download it from the Om niBook website ( see page vi)âf ollow the directions pr ovided. Note For an Om niBook 900 with a 12-inch display and serial number bef ore TW 92500000, if you must replace the m otherboard or bottom c ase, check whether you must replace additional par ts: ⢠If the bottom case has a large blue pad that covers the bottom of the hard disk slot, replace just the bad part. ⢠If the bottom case does not have such a pad in the hard dis k slot, it is an old bottom c ase, and y ou should replace the top cas e, bottom c ase, and install a HDD brac ket above the hard disk slot. (Service note 900- 14.)
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-23 Figure 2-12. Installing PCMCIA Door s Storing the Serial Number and Key board Layout Electronically 1. Exit Windows and boot to a DOS prompt. î For Window s 95/98, press F8 during reboot and select Com mand Prompt Only . î For Window s NT, boot from a DOS boot floppy disk. 2. Run ESN.EXE from one of these sources: î On a factory software installation, change to the \Omnibook\Drivers\Hputils directory and type esn at the prompt. î Otherwise, copy \Om nibook\Drivers\Hputils\Esn.exe from the OmniBook 900 Recovery CD, then run it on the OmniBook. 3. Store the serial number: î If y ou are prompted for the serial number, ty pe the serial number shown on the bottom of the case. î If a serial num ber has already been stored, you m ust call an HP support center to change it. 4. Run KYB_SEL.EXE from one of these sources: î It m a y be present on the hard disk or Recovery CD in \OmniBook\Drivers\Hputils. î Get a copy from the Reseller website (see page vi). 5. Select the keyboard layout for the unit being repaired. Installing a New Serial Number Label If y ou do not have a master file that creates serial number labels with fields for â900 Bâ and manufacturing location, get a copy from the Reseller website (see page vi) under Product Support Inform ation in the Service and Support L ibrary . 1. Using any PC connected to a laser printer, open the master serial label file, enter the serial number and product number from the old serial label, and print the new label on plain white paper. The new label does not have barcodes. Note: View from inside the case. Rotate the doors 180° to load the spring.
2-24 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 2. Carefully cut out the new serial label just inside the border and place it into the inner recess in the bottom case. The bottom of the label goes toward the front of the case. 3. While holding the paper label in place, attach a serial label overlay into the outer recess. It covers and protects the serial label. HP Serial Number (S)TW711A 1234 900 B (1P)F1770W MFG# TW711A 1234 Made in Taiwan Figure 2-13. Example of Serial Number Label Remov ing the BIOS IC (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Note A replacem ent BIOS IC contains only enough basic program m ing to boot the Om niBook . After installing the IC, you must repr ogram it. Hewlett-Pac kard pr efers that you program the IC with the latest BIOS. You can download it from the Om niBook website (see page vi )âfo llow the directions provided. Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠IC (PLCC) rem oval tool (similar to OK I ndustries EX-5). Removal Procedure Caution Remove all power bef ore rem oving or installing the BIO S IC. Otherwise, the IC could be dam aged. 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. P ut your finger abov e the F8 key and slide the keyboard-s crew cover to the left about 3 m m (1/8 inch)âthen lift off the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the key board above the F1 and HOME key s. If your screw driver has a fat shaft, protect or remove the right hinge cov er. 4. Lift up the keyboard tab abov e the F1 key about 10 m m (1/2 inch), then free the snap at the center of the back edge. 5. Slide the keyboard toward the display about 5 mm (1/4 inch), then fold the keyboard forward onto the front of the top case. Warning Do not touch the heatsink until it has cooled. It c ould be hot if the com puter was running r ecently. 6. Use an IC removal tool to rem ove the BI OS IC from its socket.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-25 Figure 2-14. Removing the BIOS IC Reassembly Notes Caution ⢠Align the IC with the slot in the sock et. The IC is k eyed to fit correctly. If y ou insert the IC back ward, the IC or mother board could be dam aged. ⢠Press down firmly on the IC with your thum b to ensure a proper connection. ⢠F old the keyboard back into place. Slip its front tabs into the slots, then snap the back edge into place. ⢠Push the keyboard toward the back as y ou tighten the two screws. This helps engage the tab at the back-center of the key board. ⢠Reprogram the I C by programm ing the BIOSâsee the note above. IC removal tool
2-26 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Remov ing Other Components (HP Authorized Service Prov iders Only) Required Equipment ⢠Small Phillips screwdriver. ⢠Pointed knife or probe (for display com ponents). ⢠Small flat- blade screwdriver (for display com ponents). ⢠4.0-4.5 m m flat-blade screwdriv er (for OmniBook 900B CPU only ). ⢠F ine Phillips screwdriver (for display latch only ). ⢠4-m m thin-wall hex driver (or 5/32 inch) (for bottom case components). ⢠Small plastic blade for pry ing, such as an angled plastic tweezers (for bottom case com ponents). Removal Procedure 1. Unplug the ac adapter, if present, and remove the battery . 2. R emove the additional assem blies and follow the special steps indicated in the tables below. Components are separated into these groups: ⢠Display components (page 2- 27). ⢠Top case components (page 2- 28). ⢠Bottom case com ponents (page 2-28).
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-27 Table 2-8. Removing Display Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-6) Bezel, display Remove the display bezel (see page 2-10). Cable, display flex (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). LCD module (page 2-10). 1. Unsnap the flex cable tube from the display case. 2. Remove the screw holding the left hinge arm and release the flex cable grounding strap. Reassembly Notes: The grounding strap goes between the left hinge arm and the display case. It is held by the hinge screw . The flex cable wraps around the tube only about 1/2 turn. Cable, display flex (13-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the left hinge cover. 2. Remove the bezel and display case (see page 2- 10). 3. Disconnect the flex cable from the LCD . 4. Unplug the flex cable from the motherboard. Cable, display pow er Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the right hinge cover. 2. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 3. Unplug the power cable from the LCD module wir es . 4. Unplug the power cable from the motherboard. Reassembly Notes: Insert the display pow er cable into the notch in the top case before installing the hinge cover. Case, display (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). LCD module (page 2-10). 1. Remove the screws holding the hinge arms, then lift out the hinges. 2. Unsnap the flex cable tube from the display case. Lift out the flex cable. 3. Remove the two screw s holding the display latch, then lift out the latch. Reassembly Notes: Install the display latch and other components into the new display case. Case, display (13-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remove the bezel and display case (see page 2- 10). 2. Remove the two screw s holding the display latch, then lift out the latch. Reassembly Notes: Install the display latch and other components into the new display case. Hinge Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). 1. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 2. 12-inch display: Remove the screw holding the hinge arm, then lift out the hinge. 13-inch display: Re move the tw o screws secur ing the hinge arm to the LCD module. Reassembly Notes (12-inch display ): Insert the hinge fully into the case before installing the screw . Latch, display 1. Remove the display bez el (see page 2-10). 2. Remove the two screw s holding the latch, then lift out the latch. LCD module See page 2-10.
2-28 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Table 2-9. Removing T op Case Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Case, top See page 2-18. Key board See page 2-12. Support, touch-pad Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Remove the screw holding the support plate to the top case. 2. Slide the support plate to the side and lift it out. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the touch pad is seated properly before installing the support plate. Press down on the support plate w hile sliding it into place. Make sure it is held dow n at the left and right edges. Check the action of the click buttons before installing the top case. Touch pad Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Remove the screw holding the support plate to the top case. 2. Slide the support plate to the side and lift it out. 3. Lift out the touch pad and its flex cable. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the touch pad is seated properly before installing the support plate. Press down on the support plate w hile sliding it into place. Make sure it is held dow n at the left and right edges. Check the action of the click buttons before installing the top case. Table 2-10. Removing Bottom Case Components Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Case, bottom See page 2-20. CPU module See page 2-14. Door, module bay connector Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Peel the rubber door from the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: Position the new door in the center of the opening before sticking it onto the bottom case. Doors, PCMCIA Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Flex each door until one side tab releases. Reassembly Notes: See the figure on page 2-23. Fan (12-inch display) Keyboard (page 2-12). Fan (13-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Caution: Do not spin the fan blade w ith your finger. Pressure on the fan blade can damage the bearings. 1. Remove the eight screw s (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Remove the tw o screws (12-inch display) or one screw (13-inch display ) holding the fan. 3. Unplug the fan cable from the motherboard and lift out the fan. Reassembly Notes: The opening in the side of the fan faces the vent in the bottom case.
HP Om niBook 900 Removal and Replac ement 2-29 Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Heatsink Keyboard (page 2-12). Remove the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. Reassembly Notes: Install new thermal pads on the new heatsink. IC, BIOS See page 2-23. Insulator, bottom case Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Lift the sheet out of the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: The small pads on the sheet face upwards. Lens, infrared Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Slide the infrared lens out of the bottom case. Pads, thermal Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remov e the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Install or replace damaged or missing thermal pads on the bottom of the heatsink. 3. Clean off the mating surfaces of the CPU module and the large IC nex t to it. Reassembly Notes: Install the smaller pad in the recessed area of the same shape. Install the larger pad in the middle of the protruding area. PCA, motherboard See page 2-20. Socket, PCMCIA Keyboard (page 2-12). 1. Remov e the eight screws (OmniBook 900â ) or six screws and tw o springs (OmniBook 900B) from the heatsink and lift off the heatsink. 2. Remove the tw o screws from the right side of the PCM CIA socket. 3. Unplug the PCM CIA socket flex cable from the motherboard and slide out the socket. Speaker (12-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). 1. Unplug the speaker from the motherboard. 2. Peel off the covering from the speaker chamber. 3. Pull the speaker out of the bottom case. Reassembly Notes: M ake sure the foam pads are attached to the edges and back of the speaker. After inserting the speaker, carefully seal the speaker chamber with the new covering material. Speaker (13-inch display) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). CPU (page 2-14). Top case (page 2-18). Motherboard (page 2-20). Pull the speaker out of the bottom case. Support, hinge (left) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Unsnap the left hinge support from the top case.
2-30 Removal and Replac ement HP Om niBook 900 Component Removal Procedures Additional Steps (See figure on page 4-2) Support, hinge (right) Hard drive (page 2-6). Keyboard (page 2-12). Display (page 2-16). Top case (page 2-18). Remove the screw holding the right hinge support near the back-right corner, then lift out the support.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-1 3 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics This chapter includes troubleshooting and diagnostic information for testing the functionality of the OmniBook and identify ing faulty m odules: ⢠Troubleshooting information î Troubleshooting the problem (page 3- 2). î Verifying the repair (page 3- 3). î Suggestions for troubleshooting (page 3-4). ⢠Diagnostic tools î OmniBook hardware diagnostic program (page 3-12). î Power-on self-test (page 3- 18). î Sycard PCCtest 450 PC Card (page 3-21). î Desktop Management I nterface (page 3-22). î BIOS Setup utility (page 3- 24). Caution Do not unnecessar ily rem ove the CPU module f rom the m otherboard. T he CPU connector is easily damaged during rem oval and ins ertion.
3-2 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Troubleshooting The suggestions in this section can help isolate and repair the cause of a problem. To ensure quality repair, HP recommends that y ou follow the basic troubleshooting steps shown in the illustration below. Figure 3-1. Basic Troubleshooting Steps Troubleshooti ng the Pr obl em Record pertinent information about the unit: î Model and serial number. î Operating system and version. î BIOS v ersion. î Accessories and peripherals used. Analyze the problem : ⢠Observe Symptoms. Using the custom erâs information, try to duplicate the problem. Determine how the problem differs from proper behavior. Also, take note of the functions that do work properly. ⢠Separate Problems. If there is more than one sy mptom, separate them into distinct problem s. Check the customerâ s description of the problem and any supporting information. Try to duplicate the customerâ s problem. (Also see the suggestions at the ri g ht. ) Troubleshoot the problem using - Diagnostic tools. - Troubleshooting suggestions. Verify the repair by testing the functionality of the complete unit. Isolate software problems - Check whether the problem occurs with the factory softw are configurationâinstall a hard disk with factory software. T his can identify softw are configuration and compatibility problems. - Check whether the problem occurs only w hen connected to the internet. This can identify ISP, software, and traffic problems.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-3 ⢠Consider Causes. Keep in m ind possible causes for each problem. Use the diagnostic tools and troubleshooting suggestions to help find possible causes. î The OmniBook diagnostic program is the primary hardware troubleshooting toolâit tests most com ponents using automatic and interactive tests. The table on page 3-4 shows how you can use the different diagnostic tools to isolate the cause. î The troubleshooting suggestions on page 3-5 include general suggestions for repairing units with certain failure sym ptoms. Swapping easily replaced modules with know n-good m odules is an ideal way to isolate the cause down to the module lev el. It is rare for more than one m odule to be responsible for one failure sym ptom. Therefore, replacement of more than one m odule for a particular symptom should be the exception rather than the normal expectation. After replacing a module, it is norm al for the unit to be in a confused state and lock up when power is applied. If this occurs, press the sy stem-off button to restart the computer in a know n state. Verify ing the Repair Before returning the repaired unit to the customer, v erify the repair by running the following tests: ⢠Basic Diagnostic Test. Run the basic test of the OmniBook diagnostic program (page 3- 12). âandâ ⢠Function Tests. Run tests that check the repaired function, such as in the OmniBook diagnostic program (page 3- 12). âandâ ⢠Failed Tests. Run any other tests that failed during troubleshooting.
3-4 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Suggestions for Tr oubl eshooti ng Table 3-1. Scope of Diagnostic Tools Function OmniBook Diagnostics Powe r-On Self-Test Sy card PCCtest 450 DMI/TopTools (if installed) BIOS Setup Bootup Tests Describes (SafeTools) Configures Processor Tes ts (System menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Memory Tes ts (Memory menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Describes Batteries Describes (AssetTools) Display Tests (Video, Mem,Us er menus ) Describes (AssetTools) Hard disk Tes ts (IDE menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Configures Floppy drive Tes ts (FDD menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Describes Key board Tes ts (KBD menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) Pointer Tes ts (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Audio Tests (Sy stem, Misc menus) Configures Serial Tests* (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Parallel Tests* (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Infrared Tes ts â (Misc menu) Describes (AssetTools) Configures PS/2 port Tes ts â (KBD, Misc menus) USB Testsâ (USB or System menu) Describes (AssetTools) Docking port Tes ts (using docks) PCMCIA Tes ts (Misc menu) Tests Describes (AssetTools) AC adapter Status (AssetTools) Docking products Tests ports and internal bus Status (AssetTools) Configures CD-ROM drive Tes ts (IDE menu) Tests (w ith boot CD) Describes (AssetTools) Configures Other plug-in modules Describes (AssetTools) * T he diagnostic test is more thorough if you use a loopback connector. â Use an appropriate external dev ice to exercise the port. See the help text for the tests in the menu.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-5 If y ou canât isolate the cause of a problem using the diagnostic tools, you can use the suggestions in the following table to help find the problem. Table 3-2. T roubleshooting Suggestions Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments To help determine likely causes, check to see w hat replaceable modules are involved in the system function and what roles they play. See the table on page 1-14. Startup Does not boot on ac or battery Check the power source. Push system-off button. Unplug the ac adapter and remove battery, then reconnect power. Remove any RAM board and try again. Reinsert and try again. AC adapter. RAM board. CPU module. Motherboard. BIOS IC. LCD module. Hard drive. Check ac adapter. Remove any RAM boards and retry. If power status light does not turn on, reprogram or replace BIOS IC, replace motherboard. If power status light turns on but display remains off, try external monitor. If monitor shows successful boot, replace LCD module. If monitor shows activ ity but BIOS does not complete, replace CPU module. If monitor is blank, replace CPU module, replace motherboard. If power status light and display turn on, BIOS completes, but OS does not start from hard disk or from floppy drive, replace C PU module, then motherboard. If OS starts from floppy driv e, reload hard drive, replace hard drive. Does not boot on battery (boots on ac) Check battery lev el on battery LEDs. Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery . Battery or contacts. Motherboard. Does not boot from floppy drive Check floppy driv e contacts. Try reseating the external module bay cable and the module into the bay. Try using alternate connection (with accessory floppy cable or ex ternal module bay). Check boot order in BIOS Setup. Check that floppy boot is enabled in BIOS Setup. Floppy drive or contacts. Accessory floppy cable. External module bay . Motherboard. Error message such as âInvalid system diskâ or âAuto IDE errorâ Check for a disk in floppy drive. Remove and reinsert hard drive. Check boot order in BIOS Setup. Hard drive contacts. Hard drive. If unit boots from floppy drive, check for corrupt files on hard drive, reload hard drive, replace hard drive.
3-6 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Sluggish startup or shutdown Run ScanDisk and Disk Defragmenter to check and optimize the hard drive. Delete temporary and unneeded files. Use same suggestions shown at left. Password has been forgotten Verify proper ow nership, then follow the remov al procedure with the ow ner and log the appropriate dataâsee page 5-1. The user must call T echnical Support and provide proof of ownership. Passw ord removal is restricted to certain sites. See page 5-1. Powe r/Battery Short battery operating time Turn dow n display brightness. Check power management settings in BIOS Setup. Tr y the default settings. Shut down and restart. During boot at the F2 prompt, press F6. This starts a process that recalibrates the battery gauge, possibly improving operating time. Inform user that certain applications can cause excess pow er usage. (User can get power monitor from www.i nt el .c o m and monitor CPU load.) Some PC cards (PCMCIA) draw pow er even while not in use. Heavy modem use can affect battery operating time. Battery. Motherboard. Battery capacity often decreases after a year or more. Does not run on battery, empty battery indication Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery . Battery or contacts. Motherboard. Battery does not charge Check the power source. Check battery contacts. If available, try another battery and ac adapter. Check for high ambient temperature and blocked air holes on the side and bottom. Do not charge in a small space or on a soft surface. Battery or contacts. AC adapter. Motherboard. Fan. Check ac adapter. Check fan. Battery indicator is inaccurate Completely charge and discharge the battery 2 to 4 cycles in the unit. Battery. Motherboard. Try cycling the battery charge. Press F6 during boot to cycle the battery charge. Display Dark display, no light Adjust display brightness. Press Fn F5 sever al times. Try ex ternal monitor. Check for very low ambient temperature. LCD module (backlight). LCD flex cable, power cable, or connections. Motherboard. If an external monitor displays no image, replace the motherboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-7 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments W hite display Adjust display brightness. LCD module. Motherboard. Erratic display LCD flex cable or connections. LCD module. Make sure the LC D module and flex cable hav e small foam pads attachedâsee page 2-10. Bright or missing pixels or lines See quality statement on page 5-2. LCD module. LCD flex cable or connections. See quality statement on page 5-2. Hard disk Hard disk never spins Check the power source. Remove and reinsert the hard drive. Check the contacts. Hard drive or contacts. Motherboard. Hard disk makes clunking or scratching noise Back up the drive immediately. W as the computer or drive dropped? Hard drive. Check the computer and drive for evidence of customer abuse. Hard disk makes buzzing or w hining noise Back up the drive immediately. Check for alternate noise sources, such as a PCM CIA drive or fan. If a keystroke causes the sound to change, it may be power supply noise. Depends on the source of the noise. For a serial number before TW 92500000, remove the drive and check w hether the slot has a metal bracket across the inside top of the slot. If there is no bracket, you should install a HDD bracket and required case parts. (Service note 900-14.) Files are corrupted Run a virus scan program. Check the disk surface by running Scandisk (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Or boot to DOS and run CHKDSK to look for problems, run CHKDSK /f to fix. Use Rec overy CD to res t ore original factory softw are. Use same suggestions shown at left. Drive capacity is less than normal Check the disk surface by running Scandisk (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Check partitions using FDISK (W indows 95/98) or Disk Administrator (W indows NT). Hard drive. Use same suggestions shown at left. Recreate the Hibernate partition (see page 2-8), then partition and format the disk. Floppy drive General problems C heck floppy drive contacts. Try reseating the external module bay cable and the module into the bay. Try using alternate connection (with accessory floppy cable or ex ternal module bay). Check settings in BIOS Setup. Floppy drive or contacts. Accessory floppy cable. External module bay . Motherboard.
3-8 T roubleshooting and Diagnostic s HP OmniBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Key board Some or all keys do not work properly Keyboard. Motherboard. BIOS IC. Try reinserting the flex cable in the connector on the motherboard. PS/2 keyboard and mouse with Y - adapter do not work Check devices separately . Y-adapter. PS/2 device. Motherboard. Pointing stick General problems C heck settings in Control Panel. Check that the pointing stick is enabled in BIOS Setup. Keyboard assembly. Motherboard. Try reinserting the flex cable in the connector on the motherboard. Special TrackPoint driver features not working If installed, remove TouchPad driver support using Add/Remove Program. In Mouse Properties, select the IBM T rackPoint driver from the track-point directory under \OmniBook\Drivers. Keyboard assembly. Motherboard. Click button doesnât wor k Touch pad. Top case. Motherboard. Touch pad General problems C heck settings in Control Panel. Check pointing stick settings in Control Panel. The IBM TrackPoint driv er can redefine touch pad operation. Check that the touch pad is enabled in BIOS Setup. Touch pad (or top case). Motherboard. Special TouchPad driver features not working If installed, remove IBM TrackPoint support using Add/Remove Program, then in Mouse Properties, select the standard PS/2 mouse. Disable the pointing stick in BIOS Setup, enable the touch pad. Run Setup.ex e from the touch-pad subdirectory under \Omnibook\Drivers. Touch pad (or top case). Motherboard. Click button doesnât wor k Touch pad. Top case. Motherboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-9 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Audio Sound does not play Check settings in BIOS Setup. Increase sound volume (Fn UP and software controls). Check whether mute is activ e (Fn F7 and software controls). Check for sound resource conflicts in Device M anager (W indows 95/98) or Administrative Tools or Control Panel System (W indows NT). Speaker. Motherboard. Check operation using headphones or external speakers. Sound does not record Check settings in BIOS Setup. Check software controls for microphoneâit should not be muted in recording panel. Note: The microphone should normally be muted in the master output panel. Top case (microphone). Motherboard. Check operation using external microphone. Serial/Parallel General problems C heck settings in BIOS Setup. Check settings in Control Panel (and in W indows NT Diagnostics). Motherboard. Use loopback connector during testâsee page 3-14. Infrared General problems Infrared communication is not supported in W indows NT 4.0. Infrared is disabled when shipped. Drivers are included but not installed when shipped. Check settings in BIOS Setup. Standard IrDA and fast-IrDA are incompatible (they use different drivers). For fast-IrDA, check for DMA conflict with ECP parallel port. Motherboard. USB General problems USB is not supported in W indows NT 4.0. Motherboard.
3-10 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments PCMCIA General problems M ake sure Card Executive is installed for W indows NT. If the card requires an IRQ, check that there is one available. Check for conflicts or refresh the device list in Dev ice Manager (W indows 95) or Administrative Tools or Control Panel System (W indows NT). Reboot the computer. Try the card in the other slot or in another computer. Check the OmniBook w ebsite for installation instructions (page vi). Download current driv ers from the card manufacturerâs website. Motherboard. PCM CIA socket. Using a flashlight, look for bent pins inside the PCM CIA socket. If both slots have problems, replace the motherboard. If only one slot has a problem, try replacing the PCM CIA socket. AC adapter Does not power the OmniBook Try another ac adapter, if available. AC adapter. Motherboard. The ac adapter is not repairableâit must be replaced. Miscellaneous Clock loses time Plug in ac adapter for 24 hours to charge backup battery. Motherboard. Charge backup battery. Computer gets hot It is normal for the computer to get hot. Make sure the air holes in the side and bottom are clear. Make sure computer is not resting on a soft surface. DOS games and other programs that drive CPU usage toward 100% can contribute. Fan. Thermal connections. Heatsink damage. Check the fan. (Do not press or spin the blade with y our finger.) Check for proper contact between heatsink, thermal pads, CPU, and Northbridge IC.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-11 Sy mptom Call Center: Suggestions Repair Center: Likely Causes Repair Center: Comments Computer pauses or runs sluggishly May be normal W indows behavior (background processing can affect response time). If the hard disk has spun down to conserv e power, it can take several seconds to spin up. You can hear this. You can run BIOS Setup and change the hard disk time- out to match the Suspend time-out. Certain background operations (such as HP COE virus scans) can affect performance while they âre running. Some file browser s may be unresponsive w hile theyâre processing a graphic image or waiting for broken netw ork connections to time out. Check for overheatingâsee the previous symptom. Run BIOS Setup and try turning off smart CPU mode. CPU module. Motherboard. Thermal connections. If computer slows after a period of continuous activity, check thermal connections and partsâsee the previous symptom. Accessories Docking product I/O problems Check that ac power is connected. Check settings in BIOS Setup. Try using the corresponding OmniBook port. Docking product. Motherboard. Test the corresponding OmniBook ports while undocked. The port replicator and mini dock are not repairableâthey must be exchanged. The docking sy stem is repairableâsee its service manual. Can not boot from CD in CD-ROM drive Check that the CD is bootable. During boot, do not press ESC before the F2 promptâ or check boot order in BIOS Setup. CD-ROM drive. External module bay . The CD- ROM drive is not repairableâit must be exchanged. General plug-in module problems Check contacts on the module, in external bay , on cable, and on OmniBook connector. Push system-off button and reboot. Plug-in module or contacts. External module bay . Motherboard. Plug-in modules are not repairableâthey must be exchanged.
3-12 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Diagnostic Tools This section describes the following diagnostic tools y ou can use for troubleshooting and repairing the OmniBook: ⢠OmniBook hardw are diagnostic program (below). ⢠Power-on self-test (page 3- 18). ⢠Sy card PCCtest 450 P C Card (page 3-21). ⢠Desktop Management I nterface (page 3-22). ⢠BIOS Setup utility (page 3- 24). OmniBook Diagnosti c Pr ogr am The OmniBook hardware diagnostic program provides two levels of testing: ⢠User-lev el testing using the basic hardware test. ⢠Advanced testing using the indivi dual hardware tests. Figure 3-2 . OmniBook Diagnostic Screens â Basic and A dvanced The tests are designed to run after the system reboots. This ensures that the computer will be in a predictable state, so the diagnostic program can properly test the hardware components. The tests are non-destructiv e and are intended to preserve the state of the com puter. The OmniBook reboots when you exit the program so drivers can be loaded. Creating a Diagnostic Floppy Disk If y ou need a diagnostic floppy disk, insert a formatted floppy disk in the floppy drive and do one of the following: ⢠Check the \Dmi\Hpdiags directory . If diaginst is in this directory, run it. âorâ If TopTools is installed, check whether the DiagTools page can create the disk. ⢠On any com puter with World Wide Web access, download the diagnostic software package from the OmniBook website (see page v i), then follow the instructions.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-13 Running the Diagnostic Test 1. If youâre using a diagnostic floppy disk, insert it in the floppy driveâor press F 10 in the next step. 2. Reboot the OmniBook. 3. Go through the first several screens. 4. When the hardware detection finishes, check the list of detected hardware. The following information and dev ices should be listed if applicable: P roduct name Cache mem ory Graphics adapter Processor type Main memory Serial ports (OB 900â ) BIOS v ersion IDE drives Parallel port (OB 900â ) Serial number Audio device Note If a device is not detected or fails its test below, it m ay be configured incorrec tly in the BIOS Setup utility (page 3-24). You can conf irm the problem by running BIOS Setup and chec king the settings . 5. Run t he basic test. Press F2 to start the basic hardware test. 6. If you intend to exit without running adv anced tests, press F4 to sav e system and test information in the Support Ticket log file, HPSUP PT.TXT. Then remove the diagnostic disk, if present, and press F3 to exit. 7. Run the advanced tests. Press F2 to open the advanced test screen. 8. Select and run the appropriate tests. Tests are not listed if no such hardware is detected. P ress the following key s to run tests: ENTER Runs the highlighted test. F5 or SPACE Marks or unmarks the highlighted test. F6 Marks or unmarks all tests in the current m enu. F7 Marks or unmarks all tests in all m enus. F10 Runs all marked tests. If any test fails, the error is logged (error code and description) and display ed temporarily (error code). If several errors occur, look for patterns that m ight indicate a common cause. See the table on page 3-14 for repair suggestions. Consider these suggestions in com bination with other troubleshooting information. 9. When you are finished running tests, press ESC to exit the advanced tests. 10. Press F4 to save sy stem and test information in the Support Ticket log file, HPSUPP T.TXT. 11. Exit. Press F3 to exit and reboot. 12. Optional: Check t he log. The log file contains a hardware summ ary and a list of all test results and errors.Run C:\Dmi\Hpdiags\Hpsuppt.exe to retriev e the log file to this directory and open it in Notepadâor, if you are using a diagnostic floppy , the log file Hpsuppt.txt is on the floppy disk.
3-14 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Note that the serial and parallel port tests are more thorough if y ou connect a loop-back connector to the port before running the test for that port. See the wiring diagrams below . 14 1 25 13 6 1 9 5 Figure 3-3. Serial and Parallel Loopback Connectors Interpreting the Res ults ⢠The following table lists test groups, error codes, and suggestions for follow- up actions. Consider these suggestions in combination with other troubleshooting inform ation. Table 3-3. OmniBook Diagnostic Error Codes Code Suggestions Sy stem Tests 0001h - 0008h Reseat or replac e the CPU m odule. 0009h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0010h - 002Fh Reseat or replac e the CPU m odule. 0030h - 0040h Replace the m otherboard. 0041h Unrecogni zed i nt errupt s. Run B I OS Setup and check I RQ as signm ents f or al l devi c es. 0050h - 0070h Replace the m otherboard. 0071h Bad CMOS c he cksum. Reset the system, the n run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0072h Configurat ion mi s mat c h in CMOS. Reset the system , t hen run B I OS Setup and c heck setti ngs . Replace t he mot herboard. 0073h Bad CMOS RA M si ze. Reset t he s ystem , then run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0074h Bad CMOS t i m e. Res et the syst em, t hen run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace t he mot herboard. 0075h - 0076h Reset the s ystem . Replac e t he m otherboard. 0077h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0078h Bad CMOS c he cksum. Reset the system, the n run BIOS S et up and check s ettings . Replace the m ot herboard. 0079h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0083h - 0086h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 0087h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0088h Replac e t he B IOS IC. Code Suggestions 008Ah Replace the m otherboard.. 0090h - 009Eh Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 009Fh Insuff icient DOS mem ory. Load fewer device drivers. 00A0h No repair. (ES CD not supported.) 00A1h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 00A2h - 00A3h No repair. (ES CD not support ed. ) 00A4h Replace the B I OS IC. 00A5h - 00A6h No repair. (ES CD not support ed. ) 00A7h Replace the B I OS IC. Repl ac e the mot herboard. 00C0h - 00CCh Replace the CP U m odule. 00FFh Rerun t he test . (P ossibl e di agnos tic programm ing error.) Memo ry Tests The addresses bel ow are absolut e (32-bi t ) addresses . These address es are not in the s egm ent: of fset f ormat . 0100h - 0101h Replace the m otherboard. 0102h Replac e t he B IOS IC. Replace the mot herboard. 0120h - 0150h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 0160h Addres s bus s hort . Rem ove any RA M board and rerun the test . Check t he CPU m odul e f or shorts . Repl ac e the m ot herboard. 0170h - 0172h Replace the m otherboard. These connections are not used. Diodes are 1N4004 or equivalent (I F =1A, V F =1V@1A, V R =30-400V)
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-15 Code Suggestions 0180h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 0181h Replac e t he CP U module. 0182h Unload HIMEM.SYS or make s ure t hat anot her applicat i on i s not using al l extended m emory allocate d by HIMEM .SYS. 0183h No extended mem ory. Chec k instal l at i on of any RAM board. Replace t he mot herboard. 0184h Rem ove or s wap RAM boards. Replace t he CPU modul e, replace the m otherboard. 0190h - 01A0h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). 01A1h - 01A4h Replace the CP U m odule. 01B1h â 01B3h For 01FFFFFFh (OB900â ) or 03FFFFFFh (OB900B) and below, replac e t he mot herboard. Above that, replace the RA M board (eac h 01000000h represents 16MB). Hard Disk Tests 0201h Replac e t he hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0202h - 0204h Rerun the test . If error pers ists , replace t he hard disk. 0205h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0207h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the hard disk type. Check int ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. 0208h - 0209h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 020Ah - 0211h Rerun the tes t . Run SCA NDI S K or equivalent . 0220h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0240h Replac e t he hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0252h - 0254h Rerun the tes t . Run SCA NDI S K or equivalent . 025Ah - 0260h Rerun the test . If error pers ists , replace t he hard disk. 0265h Check i nt ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 0275h Replac e t he hard di s k. 0280h Check i nt ernal and external hard disk connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. 0281h Replac e t he hard di s k. 0290h Rerun the t es t. I f t he error persist s, replac e the hard disk. 0293h - 0296h Replace the hard di s k. 02AAh Check internal and external hard dis k connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Code Suggestions 02CCh Run BIOS Setup and c heck t he hard di s k type. Replace the hard di s k or the m otherboard. 02EEh For the performance t es t, run B I OS Setup and tem porari l y s el ec t a drive type that has m ore than 200 cylinders . 02F1h Recreate the Hi bernat e partiti on, then run FDISK t o partiti on t he hard di s k. 02F2h Run FDISK t o mak e one part i t ion acti ve. If necess ary, rec reate the Hibernat e partiti on, then run FDISK to partit i on t he hard disk. 02F3h â 02F5h Run FDISK t o check f or overl appi ng part itions . If neces sary, rec reat e the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDISK to partit i on t he hard disk. 02F6h Recreate the Hi bernat e partiti on, then run FDISK t o partiti on t he hard di s k. 02FFh Chec k internal and external hard di s k connect ors and m otherboard c onnec tor. Replace the hard di s k. Replac e the mot herboard. 9602h - 9607h (See Hard Disk Tes ts at t he end of the tabl e. ) Floppy Disk Tests 0301h Replac e t he f loppy drive. Replac e the mot herboard. 0302h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0303h Ins ert a floppy dis k without write protect ion. 0304h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0305h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0307h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Check the connec t ors on the floppy dri ve, external module bay, and m otherboard. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0308h - 0309h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 030Ah - 0310h Rerun the test with a good floppy dis k . Replace the floppy dri ve. 0311h Rerun the t es t with another fl oppy di s k. 0321h - 0322h Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0340h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0341h Replac e t he f loppy drive. Replac e the mot herboard. 0342h - 0344h Run BIOS S et up and check t he floppy drive type. Replac e t he floppy drive. 0345h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0347h Run BI OS S etup and chec k the floppy dri ve type. Check the connec t ors on the floppy dri ve and mot herboard. Repl ac e the floppy dri ve. 0348h - 0349h Transient DMA error. Rerun the test . 0350h Rerun the t es t with another fl oppy di s k. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. 0360h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0380h - 03AAh Make sure the f l oppy di s k is f ully insert ed. Check t he c onnec tors on t he f loppy drive, external module bay, and m otherboard. Replace the f l oppy dri ve.
3-16 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Code Suggestions 03CCh Run BIOS Setup and c heck t he f loppy drive type. Rerun the t es t with another f l oppy di s k. Replace the f l oppy dri ve. Replace the mot herboard. 03EEh - 03FFh Check t he c onnec tors on t he f loppy drive, external module bay, and m otherboard. Rerun the test with another floppy di s k. Replac e the floppy drive. Repl ac e the m ot herboard. Key board Tests 0400h - 0401h Replace the m otherboard. 0410h - 0414h Check t he k eyboard f lex cable connect ion. Replace the k eyboard. Replace t he mot herboard. 0415h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0416h - 0418h Replace the k eyboard. Replace t he mot herboard. Serial P ort Tests 0601h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0602h Replac e t he m otherboard. 0603h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0604h - 0605h Replace the m otherboard. 0606h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0607h Make sure t he loopback c onnector is instal l ed and const ruc t ed properly. Replac e t he mot herboard. 0608h - 0617h Replace the m otherboard. Paralle l Port T ests 0701h For the external loopbac k tes t , mak e sure the loopback c onnector is instal l ed and c onstruct ed properly. For the external or int ernal l oopbac k test, replace the m otherboard. 0702h For DiagTools 2.2, replac e m otherboard. For earlier version, no repair (printer t es t not supported). 0703h Run BI OS S etup and disabl e E CP for the parallel port, then rerun the tes t. Replac e the mot herboard. 0704h - 0706h Replace the m otherboard. 0707h Connect t he loopback c onnector. 0708h Replac e t he m otherboard. A udio Tests 0801h - 08C2h If this err or also occu rs for an ex ternal headphone, replace t he m otherboard. Otherwise, chec k the s peak er connect i on, replace the s peaker. If it occ urs only for an external headphone, replace t he m otherboard. 08D0h- 08F3h Replace the m otherboard. Code Suggestions 9003h - 9004h (See Microphone Test s near end of tabl e. ) 9018h â 901Ah (See NMA Sound Test s near end of t abl e. ) Video Tests 0900h - 0920h Replace the m otherboard. 8000h, 9016h - 9017h (See LCD Tests near end of table. ) CD-ROM Tests 0A00h Insert a CD i n t he drive. 0A01h Rerun the test . Replace t he CD-ROM drive. 0A02h No repair. (Aut om atic close not supported. ) 0A03h Insert a di f ferent CD in t he drive. Check t he connect ors on t he CD-ROM drive, external module bay, and mot herboard. Repl ac e the CD-ROM drive. 0A04h Insert a c omput er CD i n t he drive. 0A05h Insert a di f ferent CD in t he drive. Check t he connect ors on t he CD-ROM drive, external module bay, and mot herboard. Repl ac e the CD-ROM drive. 0A06h Insert a c omput er CD i n t he drive. Replac e t he drive. For earlier diagnost ics, insert an audi o CD i n the drive. 0A07h Rerun the test . Replace t he drive. 0A08h Insert an audi o CD. Replace the dri ve. 0A09h Rerun the test . Replace t he drive. 0A10h Insert an audi o CD. Replace the dri ve. 0A11h Rerun the test with an audio CD. Replac e t he drive. 0A12h Insert a di f ferent m ultis ession CD. Replace the drive. SMBus Tests 0E00h - 0E10h Replace the m otherboard. A TA PI Rem o vabl e Tests (LS-120) 0F01h Connect the LS -120 drive an rerun the tes t . 0F02h - 0F03h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F04h - 0F05h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F06h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F07h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F08h Rerun the test . Ins ert a different di s k in the LS - 120 drive. Check t he connect ors on the LS-120 drive, external m odul e bay, and m otherboard. Replace the LS -120 dri ve. 0F09h Replace the LS -120 dri ve. TI CardBus Tests 1201h Memory s pace not avail abl e. Remove any attached I SA or PCI cards.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-17 Code Suggestions 1202h - 1203h Replace the m otherboard. 1205h - 1206h Insert a di f ferent P C Card. Repl ac e the PCMCIA soc ket. Repl ac e the m ot herboard. 1207h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. USB Tests 1301h Reprogram t he BIOS I C. Replace t he B IOS IC. Replace the m otherboard. 1302h - 1316h Replace the m otherboard. 9006h (See US B P ort Test near end of t able.) A CP I Tests 1701h - 1702h Reprogram t he B I OS IC. Repl ac e the BIOS IC, replace the m otherboard. DVD Tests 1900h - 1902h Insert a di f ferent DV D i n t he dri ve. Repl ac e the DVD drive. Fan Tests 9001h If t he f an is already running, you will not hear a change. Chec k t he fan connec t ion. Replac e t he fan. Replac e t he mot herboard. 9002h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. Microphone/Line-In Tests 9003h If t he error occurs f or built-in and external mic rophones, replac e the m ot herboard. If it occurs f or onl y t he built-in m ic rophone, c heck the m i c rophone c able connect ion, replac e t he top cas e. If i t occurs onl y for an external mic rophone, replace t he m otherboard. 9004h Verif y a good signal on t he i nput l i ne. Replace the m ot herboard. Suspend/Resume Test 9005h Run BI OS S etup and rest ore def aul t sett i ngs . Reprogram t he B I OS IC. Repl ac e the BIOS IC. Replace the m otherboard. USB Port Test 9006h Make sure a US B device i s c onnected t o t he port you are test ing. Sel ec t the c orrec t speed for the devic e. Replace the m otherboard (or dock c om ponent, i f applicabl e). IR Tests (FIR enabled, undocked) 9002h Reboot t he c omput er. Replace the mot herboard. 9007h - 9008h Reboot the com puter. Run B IOS Set up and restore defaul t sett i ngs . Replace t he mot herboard. 9009h Do not run t hi s test i n W indows. For the one- unit tes t , replace t he mot herboard. For the two- unit te st, make sure the IR por ts on the reflect or and t est c om puters are l i ned up, replace the m otherboard. Code Suggestions 900Ah Rerun the test . For the two-unit t est, m ake s ure the IR ports on the reflec tor and test com put ers are lined up. Replac e the m ot herboard. 900Ch Rerun t he test. Make sure the I R port s on the reflect or and t est c om puters are l i ned up. Restart t he reflect or unit. Repl ac e the mot herboard. Video Tests 8000h If t he test f ai l s with an external monit or (m ust support VESA m ode 105h), replac e t he mot herboard. Ot herwise: - If the s haded-band test f ails, c heck the LCD flex cable connec t ion in the bot t om c as e, replace the LCD f l ex cable, replace the mot herboard. - If only a s ol i d-c olor test fails , see chapt er 5 f or cosm etic gui del i nes , replace t he LCD m odule. 9016h Reboot t he c omput er. Reprogram the B IOS. 9017h See c hapt er 5 for cos m etic gui del i nes , replace the LCD m odul e. NMA 2 Sound Tests 9018h - 901Ah If this err or also occu rs for an ex ternal headphone. Otherwise, c heck t he s peaker connect i on, repl ac e the speak er. If it oc curs only for an external headphone, replac e the mot herboard. Dock Tests 9071h, 9073h Update BIOS in com puter. Replac e electronic s PCA in do ck. 9075h, 9077h - 9078h Replace elec t ronics P CA i n doc k. 907Bh Replace LED/ but ton ass em bly in dock . 9082h Rerun tes t with known good comput er. Replace electroni c s PCA in doc k . 9088h Replac e el ec t ronics P CA in dock . Hard Disk Tests 9602h Failure m ay oc cur soon. B ac k up data and replace the hard di s k. 9603h Rerun the hard disk test. 9604h Reform at the hard di s k. I f nec essary, rec reate the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9605h For a com puter that does not give an F10 prompt at boot (old Hibernate part i t ion) or that has a non-W indows operati ng s ystem , this error may not i ndi c at e a failure. Ot herwise, reform at t he hard disk. If nec es sary, recreat e the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9606h Reform at the hard di s k. I f nec essary, rec reate the Hibernate part i t ion, then run FDI SK to partiti on t he hard di s k. 9607h Bac k up data, t hen ref orm at t he hard di s k. Replace the hard di s k.
3-18 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Pow er-On Self-Test Note If Quiet Boot is enabled in BIOS Setup (the default s etting), press ESC during boot to see POST mes sages. The PO ST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of initialization routines and diagnostic tests that the system BIOS runs when the computer boots. The system BIOS will not boot the operating system if system memory , the CP U, DMA, or the interrupt controller fails the POST diagnostic tests. P OST progress is indicated by a sequence of codes. I f possible, error messages are displayed. You should not interpret the failure of one or more POST tests as a hardware, software, or firmware failure. First, confirm the failure with a âcleanâ boot: ⢠Remov e all accessories, including RAM boards, floppy drive, port replicator, PC Cards, printer, external monitor, pointing dev ice, and key board. ⢠Provide âcleanâ ac powerâno auto adapter or unusual ac adapter configuration. ⢠Press the system -off button to start from a known state. If the com puter fails to boot with a clean boot, it requires repair. If an error m essage is displayed, confirm the problem using other diagnostic tools. Not all POST messages indicate a hardware, software, or firmware failureâsom e messages are inform ational messages. If the BI OS detects a terminal error condition, it halts POST after issuing a terminal error beep codeâ up to four groups of 1 to 4 short beeps. The beep code indicates the POST routine in which the terminal error occurred. The BI OS also issues a beep code (one long tone followed by two short tones) during POST if the video configuration fails (no card installed or faulty) or if an external ROM module does not properly checksum to zero. Table 3-4. PO ST T erminal-Error Beep Codes Beep Codes POST Description 1 One short beep bef ore boot 1-2 Search for opt ion ROMs. One long, t wo short beeps on che cksum failure 1-2- 2-3 BIOS ROM ch ecksum 1-3-1-1 T es t DRAM refres h 1-3-1-3 T es t 8742 Keyboard Controll er 1-3-4-1 RA M fai l ure on addres s line xxxx 1- 3 -4 -3 RA M f ai l u re on da ta bi t s xxxx o f l o w b yt e o f m em o ry b us 1- 4 -1 -1 RA M f ai l u re on da ta bi t s xxxx o f h i g h b yt e o f m em o r y b us 2-1-2-3 Chec k ROM copyright not i c e 2-2-3-1 T es t for unexpected int errupt s The following table lists POST messages and explanations for reported problems. I f the sy stem fails after you m ake changes in BIOS Setup, reset the computer, enter BI OS Setup, and install the defaults or correct the error. Table 3-5. PO ST M essages Message Description 0200 Failure Fixed Di sk Fixed disk is not working or not configured properl y. Chec k to s ee i f fixed disk i s attached properly. Run Set up. Fi nd out if the f ixed-disk type is correct l y ident ified. 0210 Stuck key Stuc k key on keyboard.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-19 Message Description 0211 Key board error Keyboard not working. 0212 Key board Control l er Fai l ed Keyboard control l er f ailed tes t . May require replaci ng k eyboard c ontroller. 0213 Key board l o cked - Unl o ck key switch Unlock t he system to proc eed. 0220 Monitor type does not match CMOS - Run SETUP Monitor type not c orrec tly ident i f i ed i n S etup 0230 Shadow Ram Failed at offset: nnnn Shadow RAM failed at of f set nnnn of t he 64k block at which the error was detect ed. 0231 Sy stem RA M Fail ed at offset: nnnn System RAM fail ed at offset nnnn of in the 64k block at which the error was detect ed. 0232 Extended RA M Fail ed at offset: nnnn Extended mem ory not working or not c onfigured properly at of fset nnnn. 0250 Sy stem battery i s dead - Replace and run SETUP The CMOS clock battery indi c ator shows the bat t ery is dead. Connec t the ac adapt er f or at least 24 hours , replace t he m otherboard. 0251 Sy stem CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used System CMOS has been c orrupt ed or modif ied incorrec t l y, perhaps by an applic at ion program t hat c hanges data s t ored in CMOS. The BI OS instal l ed Def ault Set up V alues. I f you do not want these values , enter S et up and ent er your own values. If t he error pers ists , chec k the syst em bat t ery. Connect t he ac adapter for at l eas t 24 hours, repl ac e the m ot herboard. 0260 Sy stem timer error The tim er test f ailed. Requires repair of sys tem board. 0270 Real time cl ock error Real-tim e cloc k fails B I OS tes t . May require board repair. 0280 Previous boot incom p l ete - Defaul t confi gurati on used Previous P OS T did not c om plete s ucces s f ully. PO S T l oads default val ues and offers t o run Setup. I f the fai l ure was c aus ed by incorrect values and they are not correct ed, t he next boot will likely fail. This error is cleared t he next time the s ys t em is booted. 0281 Memory Size found by P OS T differed from CM OS Memory size f ound by POST di f fered from CMOS. 02B0 Diskette drive A error 02B1 Diskette drive B error Drive A: or B: is present but fail s the BIOS POST di s k ette t es ts. Chec k to s ee t hat the drive is defined with the proper dis kett e t ype in Setup and t hat t he disket te drive is at t ached correc t ly. 02B2 Incorrect Drive A ty pe - run SETUP Type of floppy dri ve A : not correct l y ident ified in S etup. 02B3 Incorrect Drive B type - run SETUP Type of floppy dri ve B : not correct l y ident ified in S etup. 02D0 Sy stem cache error - Cache disabled RAM cache f ai l ed and B I OS disabl ed t he cache. On ol der boards , check t he cache jum pers. You may have t o replace the c ache. S ee your deal er. A disabled c ac he slows sys t em perform anc e c onsiderably. 02F0: CPU I D: CPU soc k et num ber for Multi-P rocess or error. 02F4: EIS A CM OS not wr i teabl e ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot write to EIS A CMOS. 02F5: DM A Test Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot write to extended DMA (Direct Mem ory Acc es s) regist ers . 02F6: Softw are NMI Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Cannot generate soft ware NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt ). 02F7: Fa il-Safe Time r NMI Failed ServerBIOS 2 t est error: Fai l -S af e Timer t akes t oo l ong. device A ddress Confli ct Address c onflic t for spec i f ied device. A ll o cati on E rror for: device Run ISA o r EISA Co nfigur ation U tility to r esolve reso urce co nflict for th e specifie d dev ice. CD ROM Dri ve CD ROM Drive identif i ed.
3-20 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Message Description Entering SET UP... Starti ng S etup program Failing Bits: nnnn The hex number nnnn is a m ap of the bit s at t he RA M addres s which failed t he m em ory t es t. Each 1 (one) in t he m ap indic at es a fail ed bi t . See errors 230, 231, or 232 above for of f s et address of t he f ailure in Sys t em, E xtended, or Shadow mem ory. Fixed Disk n Fixed disk n (0-3) ident i f i ed. Invalid Sy stem Configur ation Da ta Problem with NVRAM (CMOS) dat a. I/O device IRQ conf lict I/O devic e IRQ confl i c t error. PS/2 M ouse Boot Summ ary Screen: PS/2 Mouse i ns talled. nnnn kB Extended RA M Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of RA M in k ilobytes s uc cess f ully tes t ed. nnnn Cache SRA M Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s ys tem c ac he in kil obyt es succ es sfull y t es ted. nnnn kB Shadow RAM Passed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s hadow RAM in k i l obyt es succ es sfull y t es ted. nnnn kB Sy stem RA M P assed W here nnnn is t he am ount of s ys tem RA M in k ilobytes s ucces s f ully tes t ed. Operating sy stem not found Operating sys t em c annot be located on ei t her dri ve A : or drive C:. E nt er Setup and see i f fixed disk and dri ve A : are properl y i dent i f ied. Parity Check 1 nnnn Parity error f ound i n t he s ystem bus. B I OS attem pts t o locate t he addres s and displ ay i t on the sc reen. I f it c annot locat e t he address, i t displays ????. Parity is a met hod f or c hecking errors in binary dat a. A parity error indic ates t hat som e dat a has been corrupted. Parity Check 2 nnnn Parity error f ound i n t he I /O bus. B IOS att empt s t o locate t he address and dis play it on t he screen. I f it c annot locat e the address , i t displays ????. Press <F1> to resume, <F2> to Setup, <F3> for previ ous Displayed af t er any rec overable error m es s age. Pres s <F1> to start the boot proc es s or <F2> to enter Set up and change the s et t ings. P ress <F3> to di s play the previous s creen (usuall y an initial i zat i on error of an Option ROM, suc h as an add-on card). W rite down and follow the inform ation shown on the sc reen. Press <F2> to enter Setup Optional m essage di s played during POS T . PS/2 M ouse: PS/2 m ouse ident ified. Sy stem BIOS shadow ed System BIOS copied to s hadow RAM. UMB upper li m it segment address: nnnn Displays the address nnnn of the upper lim it of Upper Memory B l o cks, indicatin g rele ased segm ent s of the B I OS which can be reclai m ed by a virtual m em ory m anager. Video BIOS shadowed Video BI OS c opied to shadow RAM.
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-21 Sy card PCCtest 450 CardBus Car d (Opti onal ) The PCCtest 450 CardBus Card (version 1.05) available from Sy card Technology is an optional diagnostic tool. It is the only recommended tool that tests the functionality of the P CMCIA slots using a PCMC IA card. I t is a Type I I CardBus C ard that works with compatible test software to exercise PCMC IA functions. (See the Sy card T echnology website, http://www.sycard.com .) T he PCCtest 450 product contains these components: ⢠PCCtest 450 CardBus Card, version 1.05. ⢠PCCtest 450 software disk. (Software updates are available at the Sy card Technology w ebsite, http://www.sycard.com.) ⢠Configuration headers (PC Card/16-bit and CardBus/32-bit), w hich attach to the card. You will also need: ⢠CardBus extender card to avoid wear on the Sy card P CMCIA connector. The Sy card PCCextend 70 extender card is an example. The Sycard PCCtest 450 provides the follow ing tests. See the Sy card documentation for details about running the tests. ⢠PCMCIA PC Card (16-bit) test, PCT450 (version 1.17). Requires the PC Card configuration header. Run the test for the Texas Instrum ents PCI1225 socket controllerâsuggested comm ands Upper slot: PCT450 -b69 -1 -v Lower slot: PCT450 -b69 -0 -v ⢠CardBus (32-bi t) test, TESTCB (v ersion 2.05). Requires the CardBus configuration header. Run the test for the Texas Instrum ents PCI1225 socket controllerâsuggested comm ands Upper slot: TEST CB -b69 -1 -v -jsd000 Lower slot: TESTCB -b69 -0 -v -jsd000 -k 6
3-22 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Desktop Management Interface (DM I) The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) is an industry -standard program API for accessing information about a personal com puter. Using DMI, an application program can determine, for example, which hardware and softw are components are present in a personal com puter, the operating system that is being used, and the number of accessory board slots that are av ailable. Using the DMI interface, a local or remote application program can check what hardware and software components are installed on your com puter, and may be able to tell how w ell they are working or w hether any needs replacing. All this information is stored in a special Managem ent Inform ation Form at (MIF) file, installed on each personal computer as part of the DMI package. Installing the DM I Package The DMI package is included with the Om niBook, but it must be properly installed before it can be used. The following steps explain how. To install the DMI preloaded on the hard disk: 1. Start Windows, if it is not already running. 2. Click Start, P rograms, HP TopTools or HP DMI, Setup. To install the DMI from the OmniBook Recov ery CD or from floppy disks: 1. If you do not hav e a CD-ROM drive, create installation floppy disks ⢠On any computer with a CD- ROM drive, copy the DMI software from the dm i directory of the Recovery CD (under \omnibook\driv ers) to four or more floppy disks (for example, copy the contents of the \disk1 subdirectory to disk #1). 2. Start Windows, if it is not already running. 3. Insert the Recovery CD into the CD- ROM drive, or insert disk #1 into the floppy drive. 4. Select and run the SETUP program from the dmi\disk1 directory on the CD (under \omnibook\drivers), or from floppy disk #1. Uninstalling the DM I Package 1. C lick Start, Programs, HP D MI, Uninstall DMI. 2. Reboot the P C. Using the DMI Interface For a com plete explanation of how to fully take advantage of DMI, the follow ing documentation is provided with the Om niBook: ⢠A README.TXT fi le. ⢠A Windows online help file describing Hewlett- P ackardâs implem entation of DMI (group and attribute definitions). Since not all Hewlett-Packard enhanced features are supported on all models, this docum ent also describes any restrictions that apply. Description of DMI The Desktop Management Interface (DMI) is the result of the efforts of the Distributed Managem ent Task Force (DMTF ). This task force was founded in 1992 by a group of leading com puter
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-23 manufacturers, including Hewl ett-Packard, to define a standard method of m anaging the physical and logical components of personal com puters. Hewlett-Packard has developed a num ber of extensions to DMI to allow the enhanced features of HP OmniBook com puter to be managed with DMI, including features such as passwords and tattooing (identifyi ng a computer using a unique string of characters). For full details of the structure of the MI F file, including an explanation of the meaning of the fields of groups and attributes and how to write an application program that accesses this information, y ou can access the DMTF F TP server ftp.dmtf.org or the DMTF web pages at the http://www.dm tf.org. Contents of the DM I Package The DMI software and associated docum entation is supplied preinstalled on the OmniBookâs hard disk drive. Since the information accessed by the D MI software is specific to a particular com puter, it must be installed on each computer separately . The DMI package included with the OmniBook can be used only w ith the OmniBook. The following software is supplied with the DMI package: ⢠A Microsoft Windows utility, SETUP.E XE, to install and initialize the DMI software. ⢠A Windows utility, HP TopTools. After D MI is installed, this utility can be used to display information about the com puter through the DMI. ⢠Windows-com patible DMI Service Lay er software.
3-24 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 BIOS Setup Ut ility The BIOS Setup utility provides access to basic configuration settings. I t is independent of the operating system . Running the BIOS Setup Utility 1. Close all applications, then shut down Windows and reboot the OmniBook. If necessary , you can press CTRL AL T DEL to reboot. 2. D uring reboot, press F2 to start the BI OS Setup utility. 3. T he pointing device or m ouse is not active in the BIOS Setup utility . Press the RIGHT and LEF T arrow key s to mov e among menus. Press the DOWN and UP arrow key s to mov e among parameters in a m enu. Press F5 or F 6 to move through v alues for the current parameter. Press ENTER to change a setting. See the table below for more inform ation. 4. After you select the options you w ant, press F10 or use the Exit m enu to exit the BIOS Setup utility. If the settings cause a conflict between devices during reboot, the sy stem prompts y ou to run BIOS Setup, and the conflicting settings are marked. Table 3-6. BIOS Setup Menus and Parameters Main Menu Default Language Sets the language for this utility and BIOS messages. E nglish. BIOS Revision Shows the current BIOS version. Detected automatically. System Time Sets the time using 24-hour format. Values set take effect immediately. System Date Sets the date using mm/dd/yy (English) or dd/mm/yy format. Floppy Driv e Sets the floppy drive type. Detected and set automatically. Internal Hard Disk Sets the hard disk drive type and v arious parameters. Detected and set automatically. Quiet Boot W hen enabled, hides summary of power-on self-test and messages during boot. Enabled Video Display Dev ice Sets whether the built-in and ex ternal display signals automatically sw itch when an ex ternal display is detected, or whether both signals are activ e. Pressing Fn F5 temporarily switches display s. Auto Video Expansion Sets whether the v ideo image expands to fill the display in lower resolution modes (VGA). W hen disabled, the video image is centered in the display. Disabled Primary Video Adapter Sets whether the internal (built-in) v ideo adapter automatically switches to an ex ternal video adapter connected to the docking system, if one is detected. (Select Internal to use multiple-monitor capability of W indows 98.) Auto System M emory Show s the system memory siz e. 640KB Extended M emory Shows the ex tended memory size. Detected automatically. CPU Serial Number For a processor w ith a serial number, makes the processor serial number available to softw are. Enabled
HP Om niBook 900 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics 3-25 Sy stem Devices Menu Default PS/2 Pointing Devices Sets whether internal pointing dev ices are automatically disabled when an ex ternal PS/2 pointing device is detected, or whether both internal and ex ternal devices are active. This is required for the scroll wheel on a PS/2 mouse to function. Auto Internal Pointing Devices Enables one or both built-in PS/2 devices. Both External Fn Key Sets whether left-CT RL left-ALT on an external key board is interpreted as the Fn key. Enabled IDE Controller Enables the primary (hard drive) and secondary (optional CD- ROM drive) controllers. Both FDD Controller Enables the floppy drive. Enabled Serial Port Sets how the serial port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled Base I/O address Sets the I/O address and interrupt. 3F8h, IRQ4 Infrared Port Sets how the infrared port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Disabled Mode Sets the hardware to support SIR (Standard IR), ASK IR (amplitude shift keyed IR), or FIR (Fast IR) infrared communications. (Driver installation required.) SIR Base I/O address Sets the I/O address and interrupt. 2F8h, IRQ3 DM A channel For Fast IR mode, sets the DM A channel. DM A3 Parallel Port Sets how the parallel port is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled Mode Sets the port to normal, bidirectional, EPP, or ECP. ECP Base I/O address Sets the I/O address. 378h Interrupt Sets the interrupt. IRQ7 DM A channel For ECP mode, sets the DM A channel. DM A3 OmniBook 900â : Audio Sets how the audio sy stem is configured by the BIOS (specified or automatic). Enabled SB I/O address Sets the Sound Blaster I/O address. 220h W SS I/O address Sets the Wi ndows Sound System I/O address. 530h AdLib I/O address Sets the AdLib synthesiz er I/O address. 388h Interrupt Sets the interrupt. IRQ5 1st DM A channel Sets the DM A channel for playback. DM A1 2nd DM A channel Sets the D MA channel for recording. DM A0 Security Menu Default User Password Is Shows if a user password is set. Clear Administrator Password Is Show s if an administrator password is set. Clear Set User Password Press ENTER to set, change, or clear user password. Password length can be no longer than 8 characters, 0-9, A-Z, and cannot include special or accented characters. Set Administrator Passw ord Press ENTER to set, change, or clear administrator password. This passw ord protects BIOS Setup settings. Passw ord length can be no longer than 8 characters, 0-9, A-Z, and cannot include special or accented characters. Smart Card Security Av ailable only if a smart card accessory is installed. Sets whether the passw ord is read from a smart card instead of entered from the keyboard. Disabled Boot Sets whether a passw ord is required when the computer boots. Enabled Resume If boot security is enabled, sets whether a passw ord is required when resuming from a suspended state. Enabled Undock If boot security is enabled, sets whether a passw ord is required when undocking the O mniBook. Disabled
3-26 Troubles hooting and Diagnostics HP Om niBook 900 Internal Hard Disk Drive Lock If boot security is enabled, sets w hether a password is stored on the hard disk. Secures data on the disk if the disk is moved to another computer. Disabled Removable Dev ice Boot Sets whether the floppy drive or other removable dev ice is a boot device. Enabled Power M enu Default If ACPI is activated in W indows 98, ACPI settings ov erride settings in this menu. Power M anagement Mode Disables time-outs, selects a combination of time-outs, or allows customized time-outs. Max P owe r Savings Smart CPU M ode Enables automatic CPU pow er savings. Absence of keyboard, mouse, and hard disk activity could cause slow er CPU response. For an OmniBook 900â , this should normally be off to avoid time sensitive operationsâand this setting applies on both battery and ac pow er. OB 900B: On OB 900â : Off Standby Time-out Sets the period of inactivity after w hich the computer goes from On to Standby pow er mode. 2 minutes Suspend Time-out Sets the period of inactivity after w hich the computer goes from Standby to Suspend pow er mode. (Skips Standby mode if that time-out is disabled.) 4 minutes Hibernate Time-out Sets whether the computer goes from Suspend to Hibernate power mode after the indicated period of inactiv ity. (Skips Suspend mode if that time-out is disabled.) 4 hours Hard Disk Time-out Sets the period of hard disk inactivity after w hich the hard disk stops spinning. Also affects a hard disk drive in the plug-in module bay. 2 minutes Time-out on AC Sets whether pow er management time-outs occur while the ac adapter is connected. Disabled Power Button M ode Sets the action of the blue power button w hen pressed for less than 4 seconds. Suspend Lid Switch M ode Sets the action when the O mniBook lid closes. Turn Off LC D Resume on Serial Ring Sets whether the system resumes from Suspend if a ring signal is received. Enabled Resume on Time of Day Sets whether the system resumes from Suspend at a defined time of day. Disabled Resume Time Sets the 24-hour time when the system resumes from Suspend if enabled. Auto Suspend on Undock Sets whether the O mniBook suspends after undocking. When Lid Closed Auto Turn-on on Dock Sets whether the OmniBook turns on after docking. Enabled Boot Menu Default Removable De vice Hard Drive CD-ROM/DVD Drive Shows the order of boot dev ices. Mov e the entries to change the order. 1. Removable De vice 2. Hard drive 3. CD-ROM/DVD drive Exit Menu Save Changes and Ex it Saves Setup changes, ex its, and reboots. Discard Changes and Ex it Discards Setup changes since last save, ex its, and reboots. Does not affect Security and date/time changes. Get Default Values R estores default settings, stays in Setup. Does not affect Security and date/time settings. Load Previous Values D iscards Setup changes since last save, stays in Setup. Does not affect Security and date/time changes. Save Changes Sav es Setup changes, and stays in Setup. Security settings are saved w hen changed. â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900 B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-1 4 Replaceable Parts This chapter contains an exploded view of the Om niBook and the following lists of parts: ⢠OmniBook replaceable parts (page 4- 3). ⢠Assembly -component breakout (page 4- 7) ⢠Accessory replacem ent parts (page 4-7). ⢠Part number reference (page 4-9).
4-2 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Figure 4-1. Exploded View Display components (see page 4-5).
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-3 Table 4-1. O mniBook Replaceable Parts Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Assembly, ex ternal module bay F1711-60901 Yes â¢â¢ 1 Battery panels (set of tw o) F1770-60904 Y es â¢â¢ 1 Battery w /panel set F1770-60905 Yes â¢â¢ 2 Bezel, display (12â) F1711-60915 â¢â¢ 2 Bezel, display (13") F1770-60906 ⢠3 Blank, PCM CIA filler 5182-5194 Yes ⢠Bracket, HDD F1711-60973 â¢â¢ 4 Bumper, display (upper) F1711-60913 Yes â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (12â, IBM) F1711-60918 â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (12", Mitsubishi) F1769-60913 â¢â¢ 5 Cable, display flex (13", LG) F1770-60923 ⢠5 Cable, display flex (13", Unipac) F1770-60910 ⢠6 Cable, display pow er (12â) F1711-60919 â¢â¢ 6 Cable, display pow er (13") F 1770-60912 ⢠Cap, pointing stick F1320-60971 Yes â¢â¢ 7 Case, bottom (12") * F1769-60910 â¢â¢ 7 Case, bottom (13") * F1770-60919 ⢠8 Case, display (12", IBM w/latch) * F1711-60978 â¢â¢ 8 Case, display (12â, M itsubishi) * F1711-60971 â¢â¢ 8 Case, display (13") * F1770-60907 ⢠9 Case, HDD kit F1711-60904 Yes â¢â¢ 10 Case, top (12") * F1769-60960 â¢â¢ 10 Case, top (13") * F1770-60913 ⢠Connector, HDD F1711-60975 â¢â¢ 11 Cover, display screw (lower) F1711-60914 Yes â¢â¢ 12 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) F1770-60902 Y es â¢â¢ 13 Cover, keyboard screw F1770-60903 Yes â¢â¢ 14 CPU, 300M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-4833 F1711-69103 ⢠14 CPU, 366M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-4834 F1711-69104 ⢠14 CPU, 400M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) 1821-5317 F1711-69105 ⢠14 CPU, 450MHz Pentium III (uPGA) 1821-5415 F1769-69101 ⢠14 CPU, 500MHz Pentium III (uPGA) 1821-5416 F1770-69101 ⢠15 Door, HDD (12â) F1711-60905 Yes â¢â¢ 15 Door, HDD (13") F1770-60918 ⢠16 Door, module bay connector F1711-60961 â¢â¢ 40 Doors, PCM CIA w/spring F1711-60984 â¢â¢ Drive, floppy disk module (no cable) F1472-80001 Yes â¢â¢ 17 Drive, hard disk (4.3GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3409 F1711-69100 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (4.3GB , 8.45mm, Toshiba) 0950-3410 F1386-69102 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (6.0GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3710 F1711-69106 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (6.4GB , 9.5mm, IBM) ** 0950-3442 F1711-69101 Yes ⢠17 Drive, hard disk (12GB, 9.5mm, IBM ) ** 0950-3711 F1660-69105 Yes ⢠18 Fan (12") F1769-60907 â¢â¢
4-4 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 18 Fan (13") F1770-60917 ⢠Foot F1711-60931 Yes â¢â¢ 19 Heatsink (with thermal pads) * F1711-60932 ⢠19 Heatsink (with thermal pads) * F1769-60902 ⢠20 Hinge, display (left, right pair) F1711-60938 â¢â¢ 20 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 13") F1770-60908 ⢠Holder, business card F1460-60962 â¢â¢ IC, BIOS F1711-60927 â¢â¢ 21 Insulator, bottom case F1711-60963 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Canadian 5182-5167 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Danish 5182-5175 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, French 5182-5170 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, German 5182-5168 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, International English 5182-5166 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Italian 5182-5174 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Norwegian 5182-5176 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Spanish 5182-5169 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Swedish 5182-5172 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, Swiss 5182-5171 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, UK English 5182-5173 â¢â¢ 22 Keyboard, US English 5182-5165 â¢â¢ Label, regulatory F1711-60929 â¢â¢ 23 Latch, display (12â w/ stiffener) F1711-60979 â¢â¢ 23 Latch, display (13") F1770-60901 ⢠24 LCD module (12", IBM ) F1711-60939 F1711-69039 â¢â¢ 24 LCD module (12", M itsubishi) F1711-60972 F1711-69072 â¢â¢ 24 LCD module (13", LG) F1770-60921 F1770-69021 ⢠24 LCD module (13", Unipac) F 1770-60920 F1770-69020 ⢠Lens, infrared F1711-60928 â¢â¢ Overlay , serial number 7121-7525 â¢â¢ Pads, thermal (set of 2) F1711-60959 ⢠Pads, thermal (set of 2) F1769-60911 ⢠25 PCA, motherboard * F1711-60925 F1711-69025 ⢠25 PCA, Motherboard * F1769-60908 F1769-69008 ⢠26 Screw, M 1.4Ã4mm (tapping) F1711-60934 â¢â¢ 27 Screw, M 2Ã5mm F1443-60921 â¢â¢ 28 Screw, M 2.5Ã4mm F1460-60990 Yes â¢â¢ 29 Screw, M 2.5Ã5mm F1460-60984 Yes â¢â¢ 30 Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm F1440-60987 â¢â¢ 31 Screw, M 3Ã4mm F1629-60911 â¢â¢ 32 Screw, M 3Ã6mm F1580-60956 â¢â¢ 33 Socket, PCMC IA F1711-60924 â¢â¢ Spacer, LCD back F1711-60974 â¢â¢ 34 Speaker (with foam pads) F1711-60923 ⢠34 Speaker (12") F1769-60906 â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-5 Description Part Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 34 Speaker (13") F1770-60916 ⢠41 Spring, Heatsink F1769-60904 ⢠35 Standoff, M2Ã9mm hex (CPU) F1711-60935 ⢠35 Standoff, M2 hex (CPU) F1769-60912 ⢠Standoff, 4-11258-2 (docking) F1391-60953 â¢â¢ Standoff, 4-40UNC hex (I/O ) F1711-60936 â¢â¢ 42 Support, CPU F1769-60909 ⢠36 Support, hinge (left, 12â) F1711-60910 â¢â¢ 36 Support, hinge (left, 13") F1770-60914 ⢠37 Support, hinge (right, 12â) F1711-60911 â¢â¢ 37 Support, hinge (right, 13") F1770-60915 ⢠38 Support, touch-pad F1711-60960 â¢â¢ Tape, Kapton roll F1391-60963 â¢â¢ 39 Touch pad (w ith cable) F1711-60921 â¢â¢ * See Table 4-2 for components. ** These hard driv es are the preferred drives at the time of publication. Driv es shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the lates t version of servic e note HDD-01 . â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B have 900B after the serial number.
4-6 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Figure 4-2. Display Components Note : 12-inch display shown. For a 13-inch display, the flex cable and mountings differ.
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-7 Table 4-2. Assembly - Component Breakdown Assembly Part Number Components Part Numbers Incl. Case, bottom (all) Door, HDD (12â) (all) No Door, module bay connector F1711-60961 No Doors, PCM CIA w/spring F1711-60984 No Feet (4) F1711-60931 Yes Insulator, bottom case F1711-60963 No Label, regulatory F1711-60929 Yes Lens, infrared F1711-60928 No Overlay , serial number 7121-7525 No Speaker (all) No Case, display (ex cept 12â IBM) (all) Latch, display (all) N o Case, top (all) Support, touch pad F1711-60960 No Touch pad (w ith cable) F1711-60921 No Heatsink (all) Pads, thermal (set of 2) (all) Y es PCA, motherboard (all) IC, BIOS F1711-60927 Yes Socket, PCM CIA F1711-60924 No Table 4-3. Accessory Replaceable Parts Description Pa rt Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Adapter, ac (60W ) 0950-2790 Yes ⢠Adapter, ac (60W ) 0950-3634 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, auto plug (from airline) 5182-5131 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, auto/airline (75W ) F1455-80003 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, docking module bay F1468-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Adapter, PS/2 "Y" F1469-80001 Y es â¢â¢ Assembly, ex ternal module bay F1711-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Battery panels (set of tw o) F1770-60904 Yes â¢â¢ Battery w /panel set F1770-60905 Yes â¢â¢ Cable, ex ternal FDD F1473-80003 Yes â¢â¢ Cable, M PEG PC card F1465-60904 Yes ⢠Card, PC (M PEG) F1465-60902 Yes ⢠CD, DVD play er (MPEG ) F1465-60903 Yes ⢠Charger, battery (ex ternal) F1706-60901 Yes â¢â¢ Docking system (w ith tall monitor stand) (see docking system service manual) â¢â¢ Drive, CD -ROM module F1474-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, DV D module F1653-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, floppy disk module (no cable) F1472-80001 Y es â¢â¢ Drive, LS-120 module F1470-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Drive, second HDD housing F1746-80001 Yes â¢â¢ Mini dock F1452-60901 Yes
4-8 Replac eable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Description Pa rt Number Exchange User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â Monitor stand (short) F1453-60901 Yes Monitor stand (tall) F1477-60936 Yes â¢â¢ Port replicator F1451-60901 Yes RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7950 Yes â¢â¢ RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7951 F1660-69103 Yes â¢â¢ RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M 1818-7952 F1660-69104 Yes â¢â¢ Tray , docking âDâ (OB900 w ith docking system) F1477-60958 Y es â¢â¢ Tray, standard âD â (OB900 with port replicator, mini dock) F1452-60909 Yes â¢â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-9 Table 4-4. Part Number Reference Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â 0950-2790 Adapter, ac (60W ) Yes ⢠0950-3409 F1711-69100 Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3410 F1386-69102 Drive, hard disk (4.3G B, 8.45mm, Toshiba) Yes ⢠0950-3442 F1711-69101 Drive, hard disk (6.4G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3634 Adapter, ac (60W ) Yes â¢â¢ 0950-3710 F1711-69106 Drive, hard disk (6.0G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠0950-3711 F1660-69105 Drive, hard disk (12G B, 9.5mm, IBM) * Yes ⢠1818-7950 RAM board, 32MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1818-7951 F1660-69103 RAM board, 64MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1818-7952 F1660-69104 RAM board, 128MB PC 100 SODIM M Yes â¢â¢ 1821-4833 F1711-69103 CPU, 300M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-4834 F1711-69104 CPU, 366M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-5317 F1711-69105 CPU, 400M Hz Pentium II (mini-cartridge) ⢠1821-5415 F1769-69101 CPU, 450MHz Pentium III (uPGA) ⢠1821-5416 F1770-69101 CPU, 500MHz Pentium III (uPGA) ⢠5182-5131 Adapter, auto plug (from airline) Yes â¢â¢ 5182-5165 Keyboard, US English â¢â¢ 5182-5166 Keyboard, International English â¢â¢ 5182-5167 Keyboard, Canadian â¢â¢ 5182-5168 Keyboard, German â¢â¢ 5182-5169 Keyboard, Spanish â¢â¢ 5182-5170 Keyboard, French â¢â¢ 5182-5171 Keyboard, Sw iss â¢â¢ 5182-5172 Keyboard, Sw edish â¢â¢ 5182-5173 Keyboard, UK English â¢â¢ 5182-5174 Keyboard, Italian â¢â¢ 5182-5175 Keyboard, Danish â¢â¢ 5182-5176 Keyboard, Norw egian â¢â¢ 5182-5194 Blank, PCM CIA filler Yes ⢠7121-7525 Overlay , serial number â¢â¢ 8120-6312 Power cord, replacement (Australia) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6313 Power cord, replacement (US, Canada, T aiwan) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6314 Power cord, replacement (Europe) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6316 Power cord, replacement (Japan) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-6317 Power cord, replacement (South Africa, India) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8367 Power cord, replacement (Argentina) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8373 Power cord, replacement (China) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8452 Power cord, replacement (Chile) Yes â¢â¢ 8120-8699 Power cord, replacement (UK, Singapore, Hong Kong) Yes â¢â¢ F1320-60971 Cap, pointing stick Yes â¢â¢ F1391-60953 Standoff, 4-11258-2 (docking) â¢â¢ F1391-60963 Tape, Kapton roll â¢â¢ F1440-60987 Screw, M 2.5Ã8mm â¢â¢ F1443-60921 Screw , M 2Ã5mm â¢â¢
4-10 Replaceable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1451-60901 Port replicator Yes F1452-60901 M ini dock Yes F1452-60909 Tray , standard âDâ (OB900) Yes â¢â¢ F1453-60901 M onitor stand (short) Yes F1455-80003 Adapter, auto/airline (75W ) Yes â¢â¢ F1460-60962 Holder, business card â¢â¢ F1460-60984 Screw , M 2.5Ã5mm Yes â¢â¢ F1460-60990 Screw , M 2.5Ã4mm Yes â¢â¢ F1462-60901 OmniBook Performance 98 G roup training kit â¢â¢ F1462-60929 Part Return Kit for US only Yes â¢â¢ F1465-60902 Card, PC (M PEG) Yes ⢠F1465-60903 CD, D VD player (M PEG) Yes ⢠F1465-60904 Cable, M PEG PC card Yes ⢠F1468-60901 Adapter, docking module bay Yes â¢â¢ F1469-80001 Adapter, PS/2 "Y " Yes â¢â¢ F1470-80001 Driv e, LS-120 module Yes â¢â¢ F1472-80001 Driv e, floppy disk module (no cable) Yes â¢â¢ F1473-80003 Cable, ex ternal FDD Yes â¢â¢ F1474-80001 Driv e, CD-ROM module Yes â¢â¢ F1477-60936 M onitor stand (tall) Yes â¢â¢ F1477-60958 Tr ay, docking âDâ (OB900) Yes â¢â¢ F1580-60956 Screw , M 3Ã6mm â¢â¢ F1629-60911 Screw , M 3Ã4mm â¢â¢ F1642-12001 Softw are, CD M ediamatic MPEG SW ⢠F1653-80001 Driv e, DVD module Yes â¢â¢ F1706-60901 Charger, battery (external) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60901 Assembly, ex ternal module bay Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60904 Case, HDD kit Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60905 Door, HDD (12â) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60910 Support, hinge (left, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60911 Support, hinge (right, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60913 Bumper, display (upper) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60914 Cov er, display screw (lower) Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60915 Bezel, display (12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60918 Cable, display flex (12â, IBM ) â¢â¢ F1711-60919 Cable, display power (12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60921 T ouch pad (with cable) â¢â¢ F1711-60923 Speaker (w ith foam pads) ⢠F1711-60924 Socket, PCM CIA â¢â¢ F1711-60925 F1711-69025 PCA, motherboard ⢠F1711-60927 IC, BIOS â¢â¢ F1711-60928 Lens, infrared â¢â¢ F1711-60929 Label, regulatory â¢â¢ F1711-60931 Foot Yes â¢â¢ F1711-60932 Heatsink (w ith thermal pads) â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-11 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1711-60934 Screw , M1.4Ã4mm (tapping) â¢â¢ F1711-60935 Standoff, M 2Ã9mm hex (CPU) ⢠F1711-60936 Standoff, 4-40UNC hex (I/O) â¢â¢ F1711-60938 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 12â) â¢â¢ F1711-60939 F1711-69039 LCD module (12", IBM ) â¢â¢ F1711-60959 Pads, thermal (set of 2) ⢠F1711-60960 Support, touch-pad â¢â¢ F1711-60961 Door, module bay connector â¢â¢ F1711-60963 Insulator, bottom case â¢â¢ F1711-60968 Recovery CD, Greek (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1711-60971 Case, display (12â, Mitsubishi) â¢â¢ F1711-60972 F1711-69072 LCD module (12", M itsubishi) â¢â¢ F1711-60973 Bracket, HDD â¢â¢ F1711-60974 Spacer, LCD back â¢â¢ F1711-60975 Connector, HD D â¢â¢ F1711-60978 Case, display (12", IBM w /latch) â¢â¢ F1711-60979 Latch, display (12â w /stiffener) â¢â¢ F1711-60984 Doors, PCM CIA w/spring â¢â¢ F1746-80001 Drive, second HDD housing Yes â¢â¢ F1760-60928 Recovery CD, Chinese (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60929 Recovery CD, Greek (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60930 Recovery CD, Turkish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60931 Recovery CD, English (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60932 Recovery CD, German (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60933 Recovery CD, Spanish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60934 Recovery CD, French (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60935 Recovery CD, Norwegian (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60936 Recovery CD, Swedish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60937 Recovery CD, Finnish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60938 Recovery CD, Danish (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60939 Recovery CD, Italian (OB900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60940 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (O B900 W 95/98) ⢠F1760-60941 Recovery CD, English (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60942 Recovery CD, German (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60943 Recovery CD, Spanish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60944 Recovery CD, French (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60945 Recovery CD, Norwegian (OB900 NT 4) ⢠F1760-60946 Recovery CD, Swedish (OB900 NT 4) ⢠F1760-60947 Recovery CD, Finnish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60948 Recovery CD, Danish (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60949 Recovery CD, Italian (OB900 NT4) ⢠F1760-60950 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (O B900 NT4) ⢠F1769-60902 Heatsink (w ith thermal pads) ⢠F1769-60904 Spring, Heatsink ⢠F1769-60906 Speaker (12") â¢
4-12 Replaceable Parts HP Om niBook 900 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1769-60907 Fan (12") â¢â¢ F1769-60908 F1769-69008 PCA, M otherboard ⢠F1769-60909 Support, CPU ⢠F1769-60910 Case, bottom (12") â¢â¢ F1769-60911 Pads, thermal (set of 2) ⢠F1769-60912 Standoff, M 2 hex (CPU) ⢠F1769-60913 Cable, display flex (12", M itsubishi) â¢â¢ F1769-60932 Recovery CD, Chinese (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60933 Recovery CD, French (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60934 Recovery CD, Greek (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60935 Recovery CD, Turkish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60936 Recovery CD, English (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60937 Recovery CD, German (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60938 Recovery CD, Spanish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60939 Recovery CD, Norwegian (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60940 Recovery CD, Swedish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60941 Recovery CD, Finnish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60942 Recovery CD, Danish (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60943 Recovery CD, Italian (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60944 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (W 95/98) ⢠F1769-60945 Recovery CD, French (NT4) ⢠F1769-60948 Recovery CD, English (NT4) ⢠F1769-60949 Recovery CD, German (NT4) ⢠F1769-60950 Recovery CD, Spanish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60951 Recovery CD, Norwegian (NT4) ⢠F1769-60952 Recovery CD, Swedish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60953 Recovery CD, Finnish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60954 Recovery CD, Danish (NT4) ⢠F1769-60955 Recovery CD, Italian (NT4) ⢠F1769-60956 Recov ery CD, C zechoslovakia (N T4) ⢠F1769-60960 Case, top (12") â¢â¢ F1770-60901 Latch, display (13") ⢠F1770-60902 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60903 Cov er, keyboard screw Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60904 Battery panels (set of tw o) Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60905 Battery w /panel set Yes â¢â¢ F1770-60906 Bezel, display (13") ⢠F1770-60907 Case, display (13") ⢠F1770-60908 Hinge, display (left, right pair, 13") ⢠F1770-60910 Cable, display flex (13", U nipac) ⢠F1770-60912 Cable, display power (13") ⢠F1770-60913 Case, top (13") ⢠F1770-60914 Support, hinge (left, 13") ⢠F1770-60915 Support, hinge (right, 13") ⢠F1770-60916 Speaker (13") â¢
HP Om niBook 900 Replaceable Parts 4-13 Part Number Exchange Description User OmniBook Part Number Repl. 900B 900â F1770-60917 Fan (13") ⢠F1770-60918 Door, HDD (13") ⢠F1770-60919 Case, bottom (13") ⢠F1770-60920 F1770-69020 LCD module (13", Unipac) ⢠F1770-60921 F1770-69021 LCD module (13", LG ) ⢠F1770-60923 Cable, display flex (13", LG ) ⢠* These drives are the preferred driv es at the time of publication. Drives shipped in units are subject to change without notice. For current information about preferred and approved driv es for these products, see the lates t version of servic e note HDD-01 . â Models called 900â in this manual hav e no marking in the serial number, whereas models called 900B hav e 900B after the serial number.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-1 5 Reference Information This chapter includes the following reference information: ⢠Password removal policy . ⢠Display quality statement. Passw ord Remova l Policy If the user forgets the sy stem password, the user calls Technical Support to determine the proper remov al procedure. The user must prov ide proof of ownership, and the OmniBook m ust be operated during the procedure. The password remov al procedure is protected as HP Company Private information. There are a restricted number of locations that can perform password remov al. It m ay not be disclosed or distributed outside those locations. Password removal is strictly controlled. Hewlett-Packard and authorized support providers must ensure with written evidence that the OmniBook being âcleansedâ is actually in the possession of the unitâs actual and current owner. This requires a sales receipt showing the unit serial number and ownerâs name, or a written statem ent from the owner attesting that he or she is the owner of the unit. The statement can be a fax copy of the document. The fact that the unit is in the hands of an HP representative on behalf of the custom er is not evidence of ownership. In addition, HP will not remove the passw ord of a unit for any non- owner, even if it is requested by law enforcem ent agencies. If y ou receive such a request, you should notify management and HP Corporate Legal im mediately. (These requests may require a court order prior to our participation.) Further, the entity removing the password m ust log the name, serial num ber and date of the removal, and file the written backup with the log. The log and backup are subject to standard record retention process and review. The final issue relating to removal of passw ords is that HP cannot provide information to users that would assist them in im properly removi ng a password and opening a unit.
5-2 Ref erence Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Hew l ett-Packard Display Quality Statement TFT display manufacturing is a high precision but imperfect technology and manufacturers cannot currently produce large display s that are cosmetically perfect. Most, if not all, TFT display s will exhibit some level of cosm etic imperfection. These cosmetic im perfections may be visible to the customer under v arying display conditions and can appear as bright, dim, or dark spots. This issue is common across all vendors supplying TFT displays in their products and is not specific to the H P OmniBook display. HP O mniBook TF T displays m eet or exceed all T FT m anufacturerâs standards for cosmetic quality of TFT display s. H P does not warrant that the displays will be free of cosmetic im perfections. TFT displays may have a small number of cosm etic imperfections and still conform to the display manufacturerâs cosmetic quality specifications. Here are some guidelines to use in determining what action to take on custom ersâ complaints of cosmetic im perfections in their TFT display s: 1. T he unit should be viewed in the custom erâs normal operating condition. This means if the customer uses the unit predom inately in DOS, in Windows, or in some other application or combination of applications, that is where y ou should make the determination. Self test is not a normal operating condition and is not a sufficient tool to interpret display quality. 2. U se the table below to determine w hether the display should be considered for replacem ent. These are the only conditions in this guideline that m ay call for a replacement due to a defect in material or workm a nship based on the HP Lim ited Warranty Statem ent. 3. If a display is considered for replacem ent, it should be clear to the customer that cosm etic variations on the replacement display may also exist, and may require the customer to use a work- around to obscure the cosmetic im perfection. 4. Customers with cosmetic- based complaints only , that do not conform to the abov e conditions and tests will not normally be considered for display replacement. I t will be left to the judgment of the HP-responsible person working with the custom er, to identify work-arounds that are reasonable and appropriate for the individual custom er. Customers who m ust have a more perfect display solution should consider switching to an OmniBook w ith a DSTN display. We expect over tim e that the industry will continue to im prove in its ability to produce display s with fewer inherent cosmetic im perfections, and we will adjust our HP guidelines as the improvements are implem ented.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-3 Table 5-1. OmniBook 900 LCD G uidelines (TFT ) Ty pe of Imperfection Imperfections Not A llowed IBM 12" TFT, SVGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠6 or more single bright dots. ⢠6 or more single dark dots. ⢠10 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of double bright dots. ⢠2 or more double dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 2 bright or dark dots w ithin 20 mm. LG 13" TFT, XGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠7 or more single bright dots. ⢠7 or more single dark dots. ⢠3 or more double bright dots. ⢠3 or more double dark dots. ⢠7 or more total bright dots. ⢠7 or more total dark dots. ⢠11 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 3 bright dots w ithin 20 mm. ⢠Any occurrence of 3 dark dots w ithin 20 mm. Mechanical Imperfections: Spots (b) Lines (c) Polarizer scratches (d) Polarizer dents, bubbles (e) ⢠6 or more spots 0.2-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠8 or more lines 0.3-3 mm long and 0.05-0.07 mm wide. ⢠4 or more lines 0.3-3 mm long and 0.07-0.1 mm wide. ⢠5 or more scratches 5-20 mm long and 0.02-0.1 mm wide. ⢠9 or more dents 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any spot or dent ov er 0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any line ov er 3 mm long, or over 0.1 mm w ide. ⢠Any scratch ov er 30 mm long, or over 0.1 mm w ide.
5-4 Ref erence Infor mation HP Om niBook 900 Ty pe of Imperfection Imperfections Not A llowed Unipac 13" TFT, XGA Electrical Imperfections: Bright dots (a) Dark dots (a) ⢠9 or more single bright dots. ⢠10 or more single dark dots. ⢠18 or more total bright and dark dots. ⢠4 or more double bright dots. ⢠5 or more double dark dots. ⢠Any occurrence of triple bright dots (or triple dark dots). ⢠Any occurrence of 2 bright dots w ithin 15 mm. ⢠Any occurrence of 2 dark dots w ithin 5 mm. Mechanical Imperfections: Spots (b) Lines (c) Polarizer scratches (d) Polarizer dents, bubbles (e) ⢠5 or more spots 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠4 or more lines 0-3 mm long. ⢠7 or more scratches 0-30 mm long. ⢠7 or more dents 0-0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any spot or dent ov er 0.5 mm avg. dia. ⢠Any line ov er 3 mm long. ⢠Any scratch ov er 30 mm long Definitions of imperfections: a Bright or dark dot: A subpixel (red, green, or blue dot) that is stuck on or off. b Spot: A point on the display that appears dark or bright and does not change in size. C aused by foreign circular matter on the backlight. c Line: A line on the display that appears dark or light and does not change in size. C aused by contamination (lint, hair) behind the display. d Polarizer scratch: A light line that is visible on a darker background and does not change in siz e. e Polarizer dent or bubble: A light spot with a darker border that appears on a lighted display and does not change in size.
HP Om niBook 900 Referenc e Inform ation 5-5 Obsolete Parts Obsolete repair parts are summarized in the following table. Table 5-2. O bsolete Repair Parts Obsolete Part Number New Part Number Description Comments 1818-7413* 1818-7950* RAM board, 32MB 1818-7414* 1818-7951* RAM board, 64MB 1818-7952* 1818-7952* RAM board, 128MB F1711-60902 F1770-60905 Battery, lithium-ion New part has tw o front panels. F1711-60912 F1770-60903 Cover, key board screw F1711-60916 F1771-60979 Latch, display (12â IBM) F1711-60917 F1711-60978 Case, display (12â IBM ) F1711-60920 F1769-60960 Case, top (12â) F1711-60922 F1769-60910 Case, bottom (12â) New part requires new top case. F1711-60926 F1769-60907 Fan (12â) F1711-60937 F1770-60902 Cover, hinge (left, right pair) * For exchange part numbers, see T able 4-4.
1. Product Inform ation 2. R emoval and R eplacement 3. Troubleshooting and D iagnostics 4. Replaceable Parts 5. Reference Inform ation Part Number F1770-90001 Printed in U.S.A. 12/99